TW202325543A - Photosensitive transfer material for forming vapor deposition mask and method for manufacturing vapor deposition mask - Google Patents

Photosensitive transfer material for forming vapor deposition mask and method for manufacturing vapor deposition mask Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202325543A
TW202325543A TW111146844A TW111146844A TW202325543A TW 202325543 A TW202325543 A TW 202325543A TW 111146844 A TW111146844 A TW 111146844A TW 111146844 A TW111146844 A TW 111146844A TW 202325543 A TW202325543 A TW 202325543A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
layer
mass
compound
photosensitive resin
preferable
Prior art date
Application number
TW111146844A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
石坂壮二
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202325543A publication Critical patent/TW202325543A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C23COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
    • C23CCOATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
    • C23C14/00Coating by vacuum evaporation, by sputtering or by ion implantation of the coating forming material
    • C23C14/04Coating on selected surface areas, e.g. using masks
    • C23C14/042Coating on selected surface areas, e.g. using masks using masks
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C23COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
    • C23CCOATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
    • C23C14/00Coating by vacuum evaporation, by sputtering or by ion implantation of the coating forming material
    • C23C14/22Coating by vacuum evaporation, by sputtering or by ion implantation of the coating forming material characterised by the process of coating
    • C23C14/24Vacuum evaporation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Metallurgy (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Physical Vapour Deposition (AREA)

Abstract

An object of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive transfer material for producing a vapor deposition mask excellent in resolution and to provide a method for producing a vapor deposition mask excellent in resolution. A photosensitive transfer material for forming a vapor deposition mask and a method for forming a vapor deposition mask using the photosensitive transfer material for forming a vapor deposition mask are provided. The photosensitive transfer material for forming a vapor deposition mask has a temporary support and a transfer layer having at least a photosensitive resin layer in order, and the number of foreign matters with a diameter of 1.0[mu]m to 10.0[mu]m per unit volume in the temporary support is 50 pieces/mm3 or less.

Description

沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料及沉積遮罩之製造方法Photosensitive transfer material for producing deposition mask and method for producing deposition mask

本揭示係關於一種沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料及沉積遮罩之製造方法。The disclosure relates to a photosensitive transfer material for manufacturing a deposition mask and a method for manufacturing a deposition mask.

使用沉積遮罩之沉積法例如用於OLED(Organic Light Emitting Diode:有機發光二極體)的製造。沉積遮罩被用作藉由沉積法形成之圖案的原版。作為沉積法的代表例,已知有真空沉積法。例如,在使用具有貫通孔之沉積遮罩之真空沉積法中,從汽化源汽化之物質通過配置於對象物上之沉積遮罩的貫通孔而附著於對象物上,從而形成圖案。The deposition method using a deposition mask is used, for example, in the manufacture of OLEDs (Organic Light Emitting Diode: Organic Light Emitting Diode). The deposition mask is used as a master for the pattern formed by the deposition method. A vacuum deposition method is known as a representative example of the deposition method. For example, in a vacuum deposition method using a deposition mask having through holes, a substance vaporized from a vaporization source passes through the through holes of the deposition mask disposed on the object and adheres to the object to form a pattern.

在專利文獻1中記載有一種金屬圖案的形成方法,其包括:準備在基材上具有由感光性轉印材料形成之正型感光性樹脂層之積層體之步驟;對上述正型感光性樹脂層進行曝光及顯影而形成具有錐形之樹脂圖案之步驟;以及形成與上述樹脂圖案的形狀對應之錐形的金屬圖案之步驟,上述曝光時的曝光波長下的上述正型感光性樹脂層的透射率為50%以下。A method for forming a metal pattern is described in Patent Document 1, which includes the steps of preparing a laminate having a positive-type photosensitive resin layer formed of a photosensitive transfer material on a substrate; The step of exposing and developing the layer to form a tapered resin pattern; and the step of forming a tapered metal pattern corresponding to the shape of the above-mentioned resin pattern. The transmittance is below 50%.

[專利文獻1]日本特開2021-172879號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2021-172879

使用沉積遮罩形成之圖案的解析度的提高(例如,圖案大小的最小化)例如能夠有助於包括OLED之顯示裝置中的像素密度的提高。Increased resolution (eg, minimization of pattern size) of patterns formed using deposition masks, for example, can contribute to increased pixel density in display devices including OLEDs.

本揭示的一實施形態的目的為提供一種解析性優異的沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料。 本揭示的另一實施形態的目的為提供一種解析性優異的沉積遮罩之製造方法。 An object of one embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a photosensitive transfer material for producing a deposition mask with excellent resolution. The purpose of another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method for manufacturing a deposition mask with excellent resolution.

本揭示包括以下態樣。 <1>一種沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其依序具有臨時支撐體和至少具有感光性樹脂層之轉印層,上述臨時支撐體的每單位體積中的直徑1.0μm~10.0μm的異物的個數為50個/mm 3以下。 <2>如<1>所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 藉由SCE方式測量之上述臨時支撐體的與上述轉印層側相反的一側的面的L *值為1.5以下。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 上述臨時支撐體的厚度為16μm以下。 <4>如<1>至<3>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 上述轉印層在25℃下的熔融黏度為1.0×10 5Pa·s~1.0×10 8Pa·s。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 上述感光性樹脂層的厚度為4.8μm以下。 <6>如<1>至<5>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 上述轉印層從上述臨時支撐體側依序具有中間層和上述感光性樹脂層。 <7>如<5>所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 上述中間層包含水溶性樹脂。 <8>如<7>所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 上述水溶性樹脂包含聚乙烯醇。 <9>如<7>或<8>所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 上述水溶性樹脂包含聚乙烯吡咯啶酮。 <10>如<7>至<9>之任一項所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 上述水溶性樹脂包含羥烷基纖維素化合物。 <11>一種沉積遮罩之製造方法,其依序包括如下步驟:準備具有第1面且在與上述第1面相反的位置具有第2面之金屬層;將感光性轉印材料與上述金屬層進行貼合而在上述金屬層的上述第1面上依序配置轉印層及臨時支撐體,該感光性轉印材料依序包括上述臨時支撐體和至少具有感光性樹脂層之上述轉印層且上述臨時支撐體的每單位體積中的直徑1.0μm~10.0μm的異物的個數為50個/mm 3以下;對上述轉印層進行圖案曝光;對上述轉印層實施顯影處理而形成光阻圖案;對未被上述光阻圖案覆蓋之上述金屬層實施蝕刻處理而形成從上述金屬層的上述第1面延伸至上述金屬層的上述第2面之貫通孔;及去除上述光阻圖案。 <12>如<11>所述之沉積遮罩之製造方法,其中 上述金屬層的上述第1面的粗糙度Rmax為0.5μm~5.0μm。 [發明效果] This disclosure includes the following aspects. <1> A photosensitive transfer material for producing a deposition mask, which sequentially has a temporary support and a transfer layer having at least a photosensitive resin layer, wherein the temporary support has a diameter per unit volume of 1.0 μm to 10.0 μm The number of foreign objects is 50/mm 3 or less. <2> The photosensitive transfer material for producing a deposition mask according to <1>, wherein the L * value of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the transfer layer side measured by the SCE method is Below 1.5. <3> The photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production according to <1> or <2>, wherein the temporary support has a thickness of 16 μm or less. <4> The photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the melt viscosity of the transfer layer at 25°C is 1.0×10 5 Pa·s~ 1.0×10 8 Pa·s. <5> The photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the photosensitive resin layer has a thickness of 4.8 μm or less. <6> The photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the transfer layer has an intermediate layer and the photosensitive resin in this order from the temporary support side layer. <7> The photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production according to <5>, wherein the intermediate layer contains a water-soluble resin. <8> The photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production according to <7>, wherein the water-soluble resin contains polyvinyl alcohol. <9> The photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production according to <7> or <8>, wherein the water-soluble resin contains polyvinylpyrrolidone. <10> The photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production according to any one of <7> to <9>, wherein the water-soluble resin contains a hydroxyalkylcellulose compound. <11> A method of manufacturing a deposition mask, which includes the following steps in sequence: preparing a metal layer having a first surface and a second surface at a position opposite to the first surface; The photosensitive transfer material sequentially includes the above-mentioned temporary support and the above-mentioned transfer layer having at least a photosensitive resin layer. and the number of foreign objects with a diameter of 1.0 μm to 10.0 μm per unit volume of the temporary support is 50 pieces/mm 3 or less; pattern exposure is performed on the above-mentioned transfer layer; and a development treatment is performed on the above-mentioned transfer layer. photoresist pattern; etching the metal layer not covered by the photoresist pattern to form a through hole extending from the first surface of the metal layer to the second surface of the metal layer; and removing the photoresist pattern . <12> The method for manufacturing a deposition mask according to <11>, wherein the roughness Rmax of the first surface of the metal layer is 0.5 μm to 5.0 μm. [Invention effect]

依本揭示的一實施形態,提供一種解析性優異的沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料。 依本揭示的另一實施形態,提供一種解析性優異的沉積遮罩之製造方法。 According to one embodiment of the present disclosure, a photosensitive transfer material for producing a deposition mask with excellent resolution is provided. According to another embodiment of the present disclosure, a method for manufacturing a deposition mask with excellent resolution is provided.

以下,對本揭示的實施形態進行詳細說明。本揭示並不受以下實施形態的任何限制。以下實施形態可以在本揭示的目的的範圍內適當進行變更。Embodiments of the present disclosure will be described in detail below. This disclosure is not limited by the following embodiments. The following embodiments can be appropriately modified within the scope of the purpose of the present disclosure.

當參閱圖式對本揭示的實施形態進行說明時,有時省略在圖式中重複之構成要素及符號的說明。在圖式中使用相同符號表示之構成要素係指相同的構成要素。圖式中的尺寸的比率並不一定表示實際尺寸的比率。When describing embodiments of the present disclosure with reference to the drawings, descriptions of constituent elements and symbols that overlap in the drawings may be omitted. Components represented by the same symbols in the drawings refer to the same components. The ratio of dimensions in the drawings does not necessarily mean the ratio of actual dimensions.

在本揭示中,使用“~”表示之數值範圍表示包含記載於“~”前之數值作為下限值且包含記載於“~”前之數值作為上限值之範圍。在本揭示中階段性地記載之數值範圍中,以某一數值範圍記載之上限值或下限值可以被替換為其他階段性記載的數值範圍的上限值或下限值。又,在本揭示中所記載之數值範圍中,以某一數值範圍記載之上限值或下限值亦可以被替換為實施例所示之值。In the present disclosure, a numerical range represented by "-" means a range including the numerical value before "-" as the lower limit and the numerical value before "-" as the upper limit. In the numerical ranges described step by step in this disclosure, the upper limit or lower limit described in a certain numerical range may be replaced by the upper limit or lower limit of other numerical ranges described stepwise. Moreover, in the numerical range described in this indication, the upper limit or the lower limit described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the value shown in an Example.

在本揭示中,“(甲基)丙烯酸基”表示丙烯酸基、甲基丙烯酸基、或丙烯酸基及甲基丙烯酸基這兩者。In the present disclosure, a "(meth)acryl group" means an acryl group, a methacryl group, or both of an acryl group and a methacryl group.

在本揭示中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、或丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯這兩者。In this disclosure, "(meth)acrylate" means acrylate, methacrylate, or both of acrylate and methacrylate.

在本揭示中,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、或丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基這兩者。In the present disclosure, "(meth)acryl" means acryl, methacryl, or both of acryl and methacryl.

在本揭示中,關於組成物中的各成分的量,當在組成物中存在複數種對應於各成分之物質時,只要沒有特別指定,則指存在於組成物中的對應之複數種物質的合計量。In this disclosure, the amount of each component in the composition refers to the amount of the corresponding plurality of substances present in the composition when there are a plurality of substances corresponding to each component in the composition, unless otherwise specified. total amount.

在本揭示中,“步驟”這一術語不僅包含獨立的步驟,當可達成預期目的時,亦包含無法與其他步驟明確區分之步驟。In the present disclosure, the term "step" not only includes independent steps, but also includes steps that cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps when the intended purpose can be achieved.

在本揭示中,未記載經取代及未經取代之基(原子團)包含不具有取代基之基(原子團)及具有取代基之基(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(亦即,未經取代之烷基),還包含具有取代基之烷基(亦即,經取代之烷基)。In the present disclosure, unsubstituted and unsubstituted groups (atomic groups) include groups (atomic groups) without substituents and groups (atomic groups) having substituents. For example, "alkyl" includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (ie, an unsubstituted alkyl group), but also an alkyl group with a substituent (ie, a substituted alkyl group).

在本揭示中,只要沒有特別指定,則“曝光”不僅包括使用光之曝光,還包括使用電子束、離子束等粒子線之描繪。又,作為用於曝光之光,一般可以舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等活性光線(活性能量射線)。In this disclosure, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. In addition, the light used for exposure generally includes the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams, and other active rays (active energy rays). .

本揭示中的化學結構式有時以省略了氫原子之簡略結構式來記載。The chemical structural formulas in this disclosure may be described as simplified structural formulas in which hydrogen atoms are omitted.

在本揭示中,“質量%”的含義與“重量%”相同,“質量份”的含義與“重量份”相同。In the present disclosure, "mass %" has the same meaning as "weight %", and "mass part" has the same meaning as "weight part".

在本揭示中,2個以上的較佳態樣的組合為更佳的態樣。In this disclosure, a combination of two or more preferred aspects is a more preferred aspect.

在本揭示中,“透明”係指波長400nm~700nm的可見光的平均透射率為80%以上,較佳為90%以上。In the present disclosure, "transparent" means that the average transmittance of visible light with a wavelength of 400 nm to 700 nm is 80% or more, preferably 90% or more.

在本揭示中,可見光的平均透射率係使用分光光度計測量之值,例如能夠使用Hitachi, Ltd.製造之分光光度計U-3310進行測量。In the present disclosure, the average transmittance of visible light is a value measured using a spectrophotometer, for example, can be measured using a spectrophotometer U-3310 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.

只要沒有特別指定,則本揭示中的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)係利用使用TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL、TSKgel G2000HxL(均為TOSOH CORPORATION製造之商品名)的管柱之凝膠滲透層析(GPC)分析裝置並利用溶劑THF(四氫呋喃)、示差折射計進行檢測,且使用聚苯乙烯作為標準物質而換算之分子量。Unless otherwise specified, the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) and number-average molecular weight (Mn) in this disclosure are gels using columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (all are trade names manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION). The permeation chromatography (GPC) analysis device uses the solvent THF (tetrahydrofuran) and a differential refractometer for detection, and uses polystyrene as a standard substance to convert the molecular weight.

在本揭示中,只要沒有特別指定,則金屬元素的含量係使用感應耦合電漿(ICP:Inductively Coupled Plasma)分光分析裝置測量之值。In this disclosure, unless otherwise specified, the content of metal elements is a value measured using an inductively coupled plasma (ICP: Inductively Coupled Plasma) spectroscopic analyzer.

在本揭示中,只要沒有特別指定,則折射率係在波長550nm下使用橢圓偏光計測量之值。In this disclosure, unless otherwise specified, the refractive index is a value measured using an ellipsometer at a wavelength of 550 nm.

在本揭示中,只要沒有特別指定,則色相係使用色差計(CR-221,Minolta Co.,Ltd.製造)測量之值。In this disclosure, unless otherwise specified, the hue is a value measured using a color difference meter (CR-221, manufactured by Minolta Co., Ltd.).

在本揭示中,“鹼可溶性”係指對液溫為22℃的碳酸鈉的1質量%水溶液100g的溶解度為0.1g以上。In the present disclosure, "alkali solubility" means that the solubility to 100 g of a 1 mass % aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at a liquid temperature of 22° C. is 0.1 g or more.

在本揭示中,“水溶性”係指對液溫為22℃的pH7.0的水100g的溶解度為0.1g以上。In the present disclosure, "water solubility" means that the solubility to 100 g of water of pH 7.0 at a liquid temperature of 22° C. is 0.1 g or more.

在本揭示中,“固體成分”係指除溶劑以外的所有成分。In the present disclosure, "solid content" refers to all components except the solvent.

<沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料> 本揭示之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料(以下,亦簡稱為“本揭示之感光性轉印材料”或“感光性轉印材料”。)依序具有臨時支撐體和至少具有感光性樹脂層之轉印層,上述臨時支撐體的每單位體積中的直徑1.0μm~10.0μm的異物的個數為50個/mm 3以下。 <Photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production> The photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production of this disclosure (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "photosensitive transfer material of this disclosure" or "photosensitive transfer material". ) sequentially has a temporary support and a transfer layer having at least a photosensitive resin layer, and the number of foreign objects with a diameter of 1.0 μm to 10.0 μm per unit volume of the temporary support is 50 pieces/mm 3 or less.

本揭示之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料藉由上述臨時支撐體的每單位體積中的直徑1.0μm~10.0μm的異物的個數為50個/mm 3以下,能夠抑制上述異物遮蔽曝光光之曝光障礙,即使為細線等的寬度或大小小的圖案,亦能夠抑制缺陷的產生來形成圖案,從而能夠提供解析性優異的沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料。 The photosensitive transfer material for producing a deposition mask according to the present disclosure can suppress the above-mentioned foreign matter from masking exposure by reducing the number of foreign matter with a diameter of 1.0 μm to 10.0 μm per unit volume of the temporary support to 50 pieces/mm 3 or less. Even if the light exposure barrier is a pattern with a width or a small size such as a thin line, it is possible to form a pattern by suppressing the occurrence of defects, and it is possible to provide a photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production with excellent resolution.

本揭示之感光性轉印材料具有臨時支撐體和至少具有感光性樹脂層之轉印層,依序具有臨時支撐體、至少包含感光性樹脂層之轉印層及保護膜為較佳。 又,本揭示之感光性轉印材料可以在臨時支撐體與感光性樹脂層之間、感光性樹脂層與保護膜之間等具有其他層。 此外,本揭示之感光性轉印材料從上述臨時支撐體側依序具有中間層和上述感光性樹脂層為較佳。 從進一步發揮本揭示中的效果之觀點而言,本揭示之感光性轉印材料為卷狀的感光性轉印材料為較佳。 The photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein has a temporary support and a transfer layer having at least a photosensitive resin layer, and preferably sequentially has a temporary support, a transfer layer including at least a photosensitive resin layer, and a protective film. Moreover, the photosensitive transfer material of this indication may have another layer between a temporary support body and a photosensitive resin layer, between a photosensitive resin layer and a protective film, etc. Moreover, it is preferable that the photosensitive transfer material of this disclosure has an intermediate layer and the said photosensitive resin layer in order from the said temporary support body side. It is preferable that the photosensitive transfer material of this indication is a roll-form photosensitive transfer material from a viewpoint of exhibiting the effect in this indication further.

在本揭示之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料中,上述臨時支撐體的每單位體積中的直徑1.0μm~10.0μm的異物的個數為50個/mm 3以下,從解析度及所得到之圖案的直線性的觀點而言,10個/mm 3以下為較佳,5個/mm 3以下為更佳,2個/mm 3以下為進一步較佳,1個/mm 3以下為特佳。 作為本揭示中的“異物”,係能夠遮蔽曝光光者,可以舉出存在於臨時支撐體的表面及內部之灰塵、塵埃等粒子及臨時支撐體中的含有成分的凝聚體、粗大粉等。 又,上述異物亦可以為除球形以外者,例如可以舉出不定形粒子、粒子的凝聚體等,本揭示中的“異物的直徑”表示在後述之測量方法中從臨時支撐體的厚度方向觀察之異物的絕對最大長度。 In the photosensitive transfer material for producing a deposition mask according to the present disclosure, the number of foreign objects with a diameter of 1.0 μm to 10.0 μm per unit volume of the temporary support is 50 pieces/mm 3 or less. From the viewpoint of the linearity of the obtained pattern, 10 pieces/mm 3 or less is preferable, 5 pieces/mm 3 or less is more preferable, 2 pieces/mm 3 or less is still more preferable, and 1 piece/mm 3 or less is particularly preferable. good. The "foreign matter" in this disclosure refers to those capable of shielding exposure light, and examples include particles such as dust and dust existing on the surface and inside of the temporary support, aggregates of components contained in the temporary support, coarse powder, and the like. In addition, the above-mentioned foreign matter may be other than spherical, for example, amorphous particles, aggregates of particles, etc., and the "diameter of foreign matter" in this disclosure means that it is observed from the thickness direction of the temporary support in the measurement method described later. The absolute maximum length of the foreign body.

本揭示中的臨時支撐體的每單位體積中的直徑1.0μm~10.0μm的異物的個數的測量方法如下。 將臨時支撐體從其厚度方向藉由光學顯微鏡的透射觀察而觀察1cm 2的面積,計數直徑1.0μm~10.0μm的異物的個數,將所得到之個數除以臨時支撐體的厚度,將其作為臨時支撐體的每單位體積中的異物個數。 The method of measuring the number of foreign objects with a diameter of 1.0 μm to 10.0 μm per unit volume of the temporary support in the present disclosure is as follows. Observe the area of 1 cm 2 of the temporary support body through the transmission observation of an optical microscope from its thickness direction, count the number of foreign objects with a diameter of 1.0 μm to 10.0 μm, divide the obtained number by the thickness of the temporary support body, and divide It is the number of foreign matter per unit volume as a temporary support.

從解析度及所得到之圖案的直線性的觀點而言,藉由SCE(Specular Component Exclude:正反射光除外。)方式測量之上述臨時支撐體的與上述轉印層側相反的一側的面的L *值為2.0以下為較佳,1.5以下為更佳,1.2以下為進一步較佳,0.9以下為特佳。 From the viewpoint of the resolution and the linearity of the obtained pattern, the surface of the above-mentioned temporary support on the side opposite to the above-mentioned transfer layer side measured by the SCE (Specular Component Exclude: regular reflection light is excluded.) method The L * value is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 1.5 or less, still more preferably 1.2 or less, and particularly preferably 0.9 or less.

在本揭示中,測量對象面(例如,臨時支撐體的與轉印層側相反的一側的面)的L *值藉由以下方法進行測量。 從感光性轉印材料剝離臨時支撐體。使用分光測色計(CM-700d,Konica Minolta, Inc.製造),沿著測量對象面的寬度方向以3cm間隔測量合計10個部位的L *值。作為分光測色計的光源,使用D65光源。將藉由SCE方式測量之10點的L *值進行算術平均,採用所得到之值作為基於SCE方式之測量對象面的L *值。 In the present disclosure, the L * value of the surface to be measured (for example, the surface of the temporary support opposite to the transfer layer side) is measured by the following method. The temporary support is peeled off from the photosensitive transfer material. Using a spectrophotometer (CM-700d, manufactured by Konica Minolta, Inc.), L * values were measured at 3 cm intervals in total at 10 locations along the width direction of the measurement object surface. As a light source for the spectrophotometer, a D65 light source was used. Arithmetic average the L * values of 10 points measured by the SCE method, and use the obtained value as the L * value of the surface to be measured based on the SCE method.

本揭示之感光性轉印材料從密接性及解析性的觀點而言,上述轉印層在25℃下的熔融黏度為5.0×10 4Pa·s~5.0×10 8Pa·s為較佳,1.0×10 5Pa·s~1.0×10 8Pa·s為更佳,5.0×10 5Pa·s~1.0×10 7Pa·s為特佳。 在本揭示中,“轉印層的熔融黏度”由構成轉印層之1個或2個以上的層之中位於最遠離臨時支撐體的位置之層的熔融黏度規定。例如,當轉印層具有多層結構時,將轉印層中所包含之複數個層之中位於最遠離臨時支撐體的位置之層的熔融黏度稱為“轉印層的熔融黏度”,當轉印層具有單層結構時,將單一轉印層的熔融黏度稱為“轉印層的熔融黏度”。轉印層的熔融黏度例如根據轉印層的組成進行調整。轉印層的熔融黏度例如根據聚合物的種類、聚合性化合物的種類、聚合性化合物的含量相對於聚合物的含量之比及添加劑的種類進行調整。例如,若聚合性化合物的含量相對於聚合物的含量之比變大,則熔融黏度變小,若聚合性化合物的含量相對於聚合物的含量之比變小,則熔融黏度變大。 In the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein, from the viewpoint of adhesion and resolution, the melt viscosity of the transfer layer at 25°C is preferably 5.0×10 4 Pa·s to 5.0×10 8 Pa·s, 1.0×10 5 Pa·s to 1.0×10 8 Pa·s is more preferable, and 5.0×10 5 Pa·s to 1.0×10 7 Pa·s is particularly preferable. In the present disclosure, "the melt viscosity of the transfer layer" is specified by the melt viscosity of the layer located farthest from the temporary support among the one or more layers constituting the transfer layer. For example, when the transfer layer has a multilayer structure, the melt viscosity of the layer located farthest from the temporary support among the plurality of layers contained in the transfer layer is called "the melt viscosity of the transfer layer". When the printing layer has a single-layer structure, the melt viscosity of a single transfer layer is referred to as "the melt viscosity of the transfer layer". The melt viscosity of the transfer layer is adjusted, for example, according to the composition of the transfer layer. The melt viscosity of the transfer layer is adjusted according to, for example, the type of polymer, the type of polymerizable compound, the ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound to the content of the polymer, and the type of additive. For example, when the ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound to the content of the polymer increases, the melt viscosity decreases, and when the ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound to the content of the polymer decreases, the melt viscosity increases.

在本揭示中,熔融黏度使用流變儀(例如,TA Instruments公司製造之流變儀DHR-2)、20mmΦ的平行板及帕耳帖板(peltier plate)(Gap:約0.5mm)在以下條件下進行測量。在本揭示中規定之熔融黏度為25℃下的熔融黏度。 (1)溫度:20℃~125℃ (2)升溫速度:5℃/分鐘 (3)頻率:1Hz (4)應變:0.5% In this disclosure, the melt viscosity is measured using a rheometer (for example, rheometer DHR-2 manufactured by TA Instruments), a parallel plate of 20 mmΦ, and a peltier plate (Gap: about 0.5 mm) under the following conditions down to measure. The melt viscosity specified in this disclosure is the melt viscosity at 25°C. (1) Temperature: 20℃~125℃ (2) Heating rate: 5°C/min (3) Frequency: 1Hz (4) Strain: 0.5%

以下示出本揭示之感光性轉印材料的態樣的一例,但並不限於此。 (1)“臨時支撐體/感光性樹脂層/折射率調整層/保護膜” (2)“臨時支撐體/感光性樹脂層/保護膜” (3)“臨時支撐體/中間層/感光性樹脂層/保護膜” (4)“臨時支撐體/緩衝層/中間層/感光性樹脂層/保護膜” 另外,在上述各構成中,感光性樹脂層可以為正型感光性樹脂層,亦可以為負型感光性樹脂層,負型感光性樹脂層為較佳。又,感光性樹脂層為著色樹脂層亦為較佳。 其中,作為感光性轉印材料的構成,例如上述之(2)~(4)的構成為較佳,上述之(3)或(4)的構成為較佳,上述之(4)的構成為特佳。 Although an example of the aspect of the photosensitive transfer material of this indication is shown below, it is not limited to this. (1) "Temporary support body/photosensitive resin layer/refractive index adjustment layer/protective film" (2) "Temporary support body/photosensitive resin layer/protective film" (3) "Temporary support body/intermediate layer/photosensitive resin layer/protective film" (4) "Temporary support body/buffer layer/intermediate layer/photosensitive resin layer/protective film" In addition, in each of the above configurations, the photosensitive resin layer may be a positive photosensitive resin layer or a negative photosensitive resin layer, and the negative photosensitive resin layer is preferred. Moreover, it is also preferable that a photosensitive resin layer is a colored resin layer. Among them, as the composition of the photosensitive transfer material, for example, the constitutions of (2) to (4) above are preferable, the constitutions of (3) or (4) above are preferable, and the constitutions of (4) above are Excellent.

在感光性轉印材料中,在感光性樹脂層的與臨時支撐體側相反的一側進一步具有其他層之構成的情況下,配置於感光性樹脂層的與臨時支撐體側相反的一側之其他層的合計厚度相對於感光性樹脂層的層厚為0.1%~30%為較佳,0.1%~20%為更佳。In the case where the photosensitive transfer material further has another layer on the side opposite to the temporary support side of the photosensitive resin layer, it is arranged on the side opposite to the temporary support side of the photosensitive resin layer. The total thickness of other layers is preferably 0.1% to 30% with respect to the layer thickness of the photosensitive resin layer, more preferably 0.1% to 20%.

以下,舉出具體的實施形態的一例,對本揭示之感光性轉印材料進行說明。Hereinafter, an example of a specific embodiment is given, and the photosensitive transfer material of this disclosure is demonstrated.

以下,對構成感光性轉印材料之各要素進行說明。Hereinafter, each element which comprises a photosensitive transfer material is demonstrated.

〔臨時支撐體〕 本揭示之感光性轉印材料具有臨時支撐體。 臨時支撐體係支撐包括轉印層之積層體且能夠剝離之支撐體。 〔Temporary support body〕 The photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein has a temporary support. The temporary support system supports the laminated body including the transfer layer and can be peeled off.

從在對感光性樹脂層進行圖案曝光時能夠進行經由臨時支撐體之感光性樹脂層的曝光之觀點而言,臨時支撐體具有透光性為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,“具有透光性”係指圖案曝光中使用之波長的光的透射率為50%以上。 從提高感光性樹脂層的曝光靈敏度之觀點而言,臨時支撐體的圖案曝光中所使用之波長(更佳為波長365nm)的光的透射率為60%以上為較佳,70%以上為更佳。 另外,感光性轉印材料所具備之層的透射率係使光沿與層的主面垂直的方向(厚度方向)入射時的、通過層而出射之出射光的強度相對於入射光的強度的比率,使用Otsuka Electronics Co.,Ltd.製造之MCPD Series進行測量。 It is preferable that a temporary support body has translucency from a viewpoint which can perform exposure of the photosensitive resin layer via a temporary support body at the time of pattern exposure to a photosensitive resin layer. In addition, in this specification, "having translucency" means that the transmittance of the light of the wavelength used for pattern exposure is 50% or more. From the viewpoint of improving the exposure sensitivity of the photosensitive resin layer, the transmittance of the light of the wavelength (more preferably a wavelength of 365 nm) used in the pattern exposure of the temporary support is preferably 60% or more, and more preferably 70% or more. good. In addition, the transmittance of the layer included in the photosensitive transfer material is the ratio of the intensity of the outgoing light emitted through the layer to the intensity of the incident light when light is incident in a direction (thickness direction) perpendicular to the main surface of the layer. Ratio, measured using MCPD Series manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.

作為構成臨時支撐體之材料,例如可以舉出玻璃基板、樹脂薄膜及紙,從強度、可撓性及透光性的觀點而言,樹脂薄膜為較佳。 作為樹脂薄膜,可以舉出聚對酞酸乙二酯(PET:polyethylene terephthalate)薄膜、三乙酸纖維素薄膜、聚苯乙烯薄膜及聚碳酸酯薄膜。其中,PET薄膜為較佳,雙軸拉伸PET薄膜為更佳。 As a material which comprises a temporary support body, a glass substrate, a resin film, and paper are mentioned, for example, A resin film is preferable from a viewpoint of strength, flexibility, and translucency. Examples of the resin film include a polyethylene terephthalate (PET:polyethylene terephthalate) film, a cellulose triacetate film, a polystyrene film, and a polycarbonate film. Among them, a PET film is preferred, and a biaxially stretched PET film is more preferred.

臨時支撐體的厚度(層厚)並不受特別限制,從作為支撐體之強度、在與電路配線形成用基板的貼合中所要求之可撓性及在最初的曝光步驟中所要求之透光性的觀點而言,根據材質選擇即可。 臨時支撐體的厚度在5μm~100μm的範圍為較佳,從易操作性及通用性的觀點而言,10μm~50μm的範圍為更佳,10μm~20μm的範圍為進一步較佳,10μm~16μm的範圍為特佳。 又,從光阻圖案的缺陷抑制性、解析性及直線性的觀點而言,臨時支撐體的厚度為50μm以下為較佳,25μm以下為更佳,20μm以下為進一步較佳,16μm以下為特佳。 The thickness (layer thickness) of the temporary support is not particularly limited, and it can be obtained from the strength as the support, the flexibility required for bonding with the circuit wiring forming substrate, and the transparency required in the initial exposure step. From the point of view of light, it can be selected according to the material. The thickness of the temporary support is preferably in the range of 5 μm to 100 μm, more preferably in the range of 10 μm to 50 μm, more preferably in the range of 10 μm to 20 μm, and more preferably in the range of 10 μm to 16 μm from the viewpoint of ease of handling and versatility. The range is excellent. In addition, from the viewpoint of defect suppression, resolution, and linearity of the photoresist pattern, the thickness of the temporary support is preferably 50 μm or less, more preferably 25 μm or less, still more preferably 20 μm or less, and especially 16 μm or less. good.

又,在用作臨時支撐體之薄膜無起皺等變形、劃痕、缺陷等為較佳。 從經由臨時支撐體之圖案曝光時的圖案形成性及臨時支撐體的透明性的觀點而言,臨時支撐體中所包含之微粒、異物、缺陷、析出物等的數量少為較佳。直徑1μm以上的微粒、異物或缺陷的數量為50個/10mm 2以下為較佳,10個/10mm 2以下為更佳,3個/10mm 2以下為進一步較佳,0個/10mm 2為特佳。 Also, it is preferable that the film used as a temporary support has no deformation such as wrinkles, scratches, or defects. It is preferable that the number of fine particles, foreign substances, defects, precipitates, etc. contained in the temporary support is small from the viewpoint of the pattern formability at the time of pattern exposure through the temporary support and the transparency of the temporary support. The number of particles, foreign substances or defects with a diameter of 1 μm or more is preferably 50 particles/10mm2 or less, more preferably 10 particles/10mm2 or less, more preferably 3 particles/10mm2 or less, and 0 particles/ 10mm2 is especially good.

從光阻圖案的缺陷抑制性、解析性及臨時支撐體的透明性的觀點而言,臨時支撐體的霧度小為較佳。具體而言,臨時支撐體的霧度值為2%以下為較佳,1.5%以下為更佳,未達1.0%為進一步較佳,0.5%以下為特佳。 本揭示中的霧度值使用霧度計(NDH-2000,NIPPON DENSHOKU INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製造)並藉由依照JIS K 7105:1981年之方法進行測量。 It is preferable that the haze of a temporary support body is small from the viewpoint of the defect suppression property of a photoresist pattern, resolution, and the transparency of a temporary support body. Specifically, the haze value of the temporary support is preferably 2% or less, more preferably 1.5% or less, still more preferably less than 1.0%, and particularly preferably 0.5% or less. The haze value in this disclosure is measured by a method in accordance with JIS K 7105:1981 using a haze meter (NDH-2000, manufactured by NIPPON DENSHOKU INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.).

在賦予操作性之觀點上,可以在臨時支撐體的表面設置含有微小粒子之層(潤滑劑層)。潤滑劑層可以設置於臨時支撐體的單面,亦可以設置於兩面。潤滑劑層中所包含之粒子的直徑例如能夠設為0.05μm~0.8μm。又,潤滑劑層的層厚例如能夠設為0.05μm~1.0μm。From the viewpoint of imparting workability, a layer (lubricant layer) containing fine particles may be provided on the surface of the temporary support. The lubricant layer may be provided on one side or both sides of the temporary support. The diameter of the particles contained in the lubricant layer can be set to, for example, 0.05 μm to 0.8 μm. In addition, the layer thickness of the lubricant layer can be set to, for example, 0.05 μm to 1.0 μm.

從輸送性、光阻圖案的缺陷抑制性及解析性的觀點而言,臨時支撐體中的與上述感光性樹脂層側相反的一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為臨時支撐體中的上述感光性樹脂層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra以上為較佳。 從輸送性、光阻圖案的缺陷抑制性及解析性的觀點而言,臨時支撐體中的與上述感光性樹脂層側相反的一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為100nm以下為較佳,50nm以下為更佳,20nm以下為進一步較佳,10nm以下為特佳。 從臨時支撐體的剝離性、光阻圖案的缺陷抑制性及解析性的觀點而言,臨時支撐體中的上述感光性樹脂層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為100nm以下為較佳,50nm以下為更佳,20nm以下為進一步較佳,10nm以下為特佳。 又,從輸送性、光阻圖案的缺陷抑制性及解析性的觀點而言,臨時支撐體中的與上述感光性樹脂層側相反的一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra-臨時支撐體中的上述感光性樹脂層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra的值為0nm~10nm為較佳,0nm~5nm為更佳。 From the viewpoint of transportability, defect suppression of photoresist patterns, and resolution, the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is equal to the above-mentioned roughness Ra of the temporary support. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra or more of the surface on the photosensitive resin layer side is preferable. From the viewpoint of conveyability, defect suppression of the photoresist pattern, and resolution, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 100 nm or less. It is more preferably 50 nm or less, further preferably 20 nm or less, and particularly preferably 10 nm or less. From the standpoint of releasability of the temporary support, defect suppression of the photoresist pattern, and resolution, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support on the side of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 100 nm or less, preferably 50 nm. Less than or equal to 20 nm is more preferred, and 10 nm or less is particularly preferred. In addition, from the viewpoint of transportability, defect suppression of photoresist patterns, and resolution, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side-in the temporary support The value of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the side of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably from 0 nm to 10 nm, more preferably from 0 nm to 5 nm.

本揭示中的臨時支撐體或保護膜的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra設為藉由以下方法測量者。 使用三維光學輪廓儀(New View7300,Zygo公司製造)在以下條件下對臨時支撐體或保護膜的表面進行測量而得到薄膜的表面輪廓。 作為測量/分析軟體,使用MetroPro ver8.3.2的Microscope Application。接著,利用上述分析軟體顯示Surface Map畫面,在Surface Map畫面中得到直方圖資料。由所得到之直方圖資料計算出算術平均粗糙度,得到臨時支撐體或保護膜的表面的Ra值。 當臨時支撐體或保護膜貼合於感光性樹脂層等時,從感光性樹脂層剝離臨時支撐體或保護膜並測量所剝離之一側的表面的Ra值即可。 The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support body or a protective film in this indication shall be measured by the following method. The surface profile of the film was obtained by measuring the surface of the temporary support or the protective film using a three-dimensional optical profiler (New View7300, manufactured by Zygo Corporation) under the following conditions. As measurement/analysis software, Microscope Application of MetroPro ver8.3.2 was used. Then, use the above-mentioned analysis software to display the Surface Map screen, and obtain the histogram data in the Surface Map screen. Calculate the arithmetic average roughness from the obtained histogram data, and obtain the Ra value of the surface of the temporary support or protective film. When a temporary support body or a protective film is bonded to a photosensitive resin layer etc., what is necessary is just to measure the Ra value of the surface of the peeled one side from a temporary support body or a protective film from a photosensitive resin layer.

在藉由卷對卷(roll to roll)方式再度輸送所捲取之積層體時,從由上下層疊之積層體與積層體的接著所引起之臨時支撐體的剝離抑制性的觀點而言,臨時支撐體的剝離力,具體而言,臨時支撐體與感光性樹脂層或緩衝層之間的剝離力為0.5mN/mm以上為較佳,0.5mN/mm~2.0mN/mm為更佳。When the rolled-up laminate is re-transported by the roll-to-roll method, from the standpoint of the peeling inhibition of the temporary support caused by the bonding of the upper and lower laminates and the laminate, the temporary The peeling force of the support, specifically, the peeling force between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer or buffer layer is preferably 0.5 mN/mm or more, more preferably 0.5 mN/mm to 2.0 mN/mm.

本揭示中的臨時支撐體的剝離力設為如以下那樣測量者。 在厚度100μm的聚對酞酸乙二酯(PET)薄膜上藉由濺射法製作厚度200nm的銅層,從而製作帶有銅層之PET基板。 從所製作之感光性轉印材料剝離保護膜,並在層壓輥溫度100℃、線壓0.6MPa、線速度(層壓速度)1.0m/min的層壓條件下層壓於上述帶有銅層之PET基板上。接著,在臨時支撐體的表面貼附膠帶(Nitto Denko Corporation製造之PRINTACK)之後,將在帶有銅層之PET基板上至少具有臨時支撐體及感光性樹脂層之積層體切割為70mm×10mm而製作樣品。將上述樣品的PET基板側固定於試樣台上。 使用拉伸壓縮試驗機(IMADA SEISAKUSHO CO.,LTD.製造,SV-55),沿180度的方向以5.5mm/秒拉伸膠帶而在感光性樹脂層或緩衝層與臨時支撐體之間進行剝離,並測量剝離所需要之力(剝離力)密接力。 The peeling force of the temporary support body in this indication shall be measured as follows. On a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a thickness of 100 μm, a copper layer with a thickness of 200 nm was fabricated by sputtering to produce a PET substrate with a copper layer. Peel off the protective film from the produced photosensitive transfer material, and laminate it on the above-mentioned copper layer under the lamination conditions of lamination roller temperature 100°C, line pressure 0.6MPa, line speed (lamination speed) 1.0m/min on the PET substrate. Next, after attaching a tape (PRINTACK manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation) to the surface of the temporary support, the laminate having at least the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer on the PET substrate with the copper layer was cut into 70 mm × 10 mm. Production samples. The PET substrate side of the above sample was fixed on a sample stand. Conducted between the photosensitive resin layer or buffer layer and the temporary support by stretching the tape at 5.5 mm/sec in the direction of 180 degrees using a tensile compression tester (manufactured by IMADA SEISAKUSHO CO., LTD., SV-55) Peel off, and measure the force required for peeling (peeling force) and adhesion.

作為臨時支撐體的較佳態樣,例如在日本特開2014-85643號公報的0017段落~0018段落、日本特開2016-27363號公報的0019~0026段落、國際公開第2012/081680號的0041~0057段落、國際公開第2018/179370號的0029~0040段落及日本特開2019-101405號公報的0012段落~0032段落中有記載,該等公報的內容被編入本說明書中。As a preferred embodiment of the temporary support, for example, paragraphs 0017 to 0018 of JP-A-2014-85643, paragraphs 0019-0026 of JP-A-2016-27363, and paragraph 0041 of International Publication No. 2012/081680 Paragraphs 0057 to 0057, paragraphs 0029 to 0040 of International Publication No. 2018/179370, and paragraphs 0012 to 0032 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2019-101405 are described, and the contents of these publications are incorporated in this specification.

〔感光性樹脂層〕 本揭示之感光性轉印材料具有感光性樹脂層。 感光性樹脂層可以為正型感光性樹脂層,亦可以為負型感光性樹脂層,負型感光性樹脂層為較佳。 負型感光性樹脂層包含鹼可溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑為較佳,以上述感光性樹脂層的總質量為基準,包含鹼可溶性樹脂:10質量%~90質量%;乙烯性不飽和化合物:5質量%~70質量%;及光聚合起始劑:0.01質量%~20質量%為更佳。 作為正型感光性樹脂層,並不受限制,能夠利用公知的正型感光性樹脂層。正型感光性樹脂層包含酸分解性樹脂亦即具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物和光酸產生劑為較佳。又,正型感光性樹脂層包含具備具有酚性羥基之構成單元之樹脂及醌二疊氮化合物為較佳。 又,正型感光性樹脂層為包含具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物及光酸產生劑之化學增幅正型感光性樹脂層為更佳。 〔Photosensitive resin layer〕 The photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein has a photosensitive resin layer. The photosensitive resin layer can be a positive photosensitive resin layer or a negative photosensitive resin layer, and the negative photosensitive resin layer is preferred. The negative photosensitive resin layer preferably includes an alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator. Based on the total mass of the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer, the alkali-soluble resin: 10% to 90% by mass; ethylene Permanent unsaturated compound: 5% by mass to 70% by mass; and photopolymerization initiator: more preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass. The positive photosensitive resin layer is not limited, and known positive photosensitive resin layers can be used. The positive photosensitive resin layer preferably contains an acid-decomposable resin, that is, a polymer having a constituent unit of an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group, and a photoacid generator. Moreover, it is preferable that the positive photosensitive resin layer contains the resin which has the structural unit which has a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a quinone diazide compound. Furthermore, the positive photosensitive resin layer is more preferably a chemically amplified positive photosensitive resin layer including a polymer having a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid decomposable group and a photoacid generator.

以下,對各成分按順序進行說明。另外,當簡稱為“感光性樹脂層”時,係指正型感光性樹脂層及負型感光性樹脂層這兩者。Hereinafter, each component will be demonstrated in order. In addition, when simply calling it a "photosensitive resin layer", it means both a positive photosensitive resin layer and a negative photosensitive resin layer.

《聚合性化合物》 負型感光性樹脂層包含聚合性化合物為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,“聚合性化合物”係指受到後述之光聚合起始劑的作用而聚合之與上述鹼可溶性樹脂不同的化合物。 "Polymeric Compounds" It is preferable that the negative photosensitive resin layer contains a polymerizable compound. In addition, in this specification, a "polymerizable compound" means the compound different from the said alkali-soluble resin which polymerizes by the action|action of the photoinitiator mentioned later.

作為聚合性化合物所具有之聚合性基,只要為參與聚合反應之基,則不受特別限制,例如可以舉出乙烯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基及順丁烯二醯亞胺基等具有乙烯性不飽和基之基;以及環氧基及氧環丁烷基等具有陽離子性聚合性基之基。 作為聚合性基,具有乙烯性不飽和基之基為較佳,丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基為更佳。 又,作為聚合性化合物,包含乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。 The polymerizable group possessed by the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a group that participates in the polymerization reaction, and examples thereof include vinyl, acryl, methacryl, styryl, and maleic A group having an ethylenically unsaturated group, such as an imide group; and a group having a cationic polymerizable group, such as an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group. As the polymerizable group, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, and an acryl group or a methacryl group is more preferable. Moreover, as a polymeric compound, it is preferable to contain an ethylenic unsaturated compound, and it is more preferable to contain a (meth)acrylate compound.

從解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,感光性樹脂層包含2官能以上的聚合性化合物(多官能聚合性化合物)為較佳,包含3官能以上的聚合性化合物為更佳。 在此,2官能以上的聚合性化合物係指在一個分子中具有2個以上聚合性基之化合物。 又,在解析性及剝離性優異的觀點上,聚合性化合物在一個分子中所具有之聚合性基的數量為6個以下為較佳。 From the viewpoint of resolution and pattern formation, the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a bifunctional or higher polymerizable compound (polyfunctional polymerizable compound), and more preferably contains a trifunctional or higher polymerizable compound. Here, a bifunctional or more polymerizable compound refers to a compound having two or more polymerizable groups in one molecule. Moreover, from the viewpoint of excellent resolution and peelability, it is preferable that the number of polymerizable groups that the polymerizable compound has in one molecule is 6 or less.

從感光性樹脂層的感光性與解析性及剝離性的平衡更優異的觀點上,負型感光性樹脂層包含2官能或3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳。 從剝離性優異的觀點而言,負型感光性樹脂層中的2官能或3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量相對於乙烯性不飽和化合物的總含量為60質量%以上為較佳,超過70質量%為更佳,90質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限並不受特別限制,可以為100質量%。亦即,負型感光性樹脂層中所包含之乙烯性不飽和化合物全部可以為2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。 From the standpoint of a better balance of photosensitivity, resolving power, and releasability of the photosensitive resin layer, it is preferable that the negative photosensitive resin layer contains a bifunctional or trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound, and a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound compound is more preferred. From the viewpoint of excellent releasability, the content of bifunctional or trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds in the negative photosensitive resin layer is preferably 60% by mass or more, and more than 70% by mass relative to the total content of ethylenically unsaturated compounds. The mass % is more preferable, and 90 mass % or more is further more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and may be 100% by mass. That is, all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds contained in the negative photosensitive resin layer may be bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.

從解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,負型感光性樹脂層包含具有聚環氧烷結構之聚合性化合物為較佳,包含具有聚環氧乙烷結構之聚合性化合物為更佳。 作為具有聚環氧烷結構之聚合性化合物,可以較佳地舉出後述之聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 From the viewpoint of resolution and pattern formation, the negative photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound having a polyalkylene oxide structure, and more preferably contains a polymerizable compound having a polyethylene oxide structure. As a polymeric compound which has a polyalkylene oxide structure, polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate etc. which are mentioned later are mentioned preferably.

-乙烯性不飽和化合物B1- 負型感光性樹脂層含有具有芳香環及2個乙烯性不飽和基之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1為較佳。乙烯性不飽和化合物B1係上述乙烯性不飽和化合物之中在一個分子中具有1個以上的芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。 -Ethylenically unsaturated compound B1- It is preferable that the negative photosensitive resin layer contains the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 which has an aromatic ring and 2 ethylenically unsaturated groups. The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having one or more aromatic rings in one molecule among the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compounds.

在負型感光性樹脂層中,從解析性更優異的觀點而言,乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的含量相對於乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量的質量比為40質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳,55質量%以上為進一步較佳,60質量%以上為特佳。上限並不受特別限制,但從剝離性的觀點而言,99質量%以下為較佳,95質量%以下為更佳,90質量%以下為進一步較佳,85質量%以下為特佳。In the negative photosensitive resin layer, the mass ratio of the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 to the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 40% by mass or more, and 50% by mass from the viewpoint of better resolution. % or more is more preferable, 55 mass % or more is more preferable, and 60 mass % or more is especially preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of releasability, it is preferably at most 99% by mass, more preferably at most 95% by mass, still more preferably at most 90% by mass, and most preferably at most 85% by mass.

作為乙烯性不飽和化合物B1所具有之芳香環,例如可以舉出苯環、萘環及蒽環等芳香族烴環、噻吩環、呋喃環、吡咯環、咪唑環、三唑環及吡啶環等芳香族雜環以及該等的縮合環,芳香族烴環為較佳,苯環為更佳。另外,上述芳香環可以具有取代基。 乙烯性不飽和化合物B1可以僅具有1個芳香環,亦可以具有2個以上的芳香環。 Examples of the aromatic ring possessed by the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene rings, naphthalene rings, and anthracene rings, thiophene rings, furan rings, pyrrole rings, imidazole rings, triazole rings, and pyridine rings. As the aromatic heterocycle and such condensed rings, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferable, and a benzene ring is more preferable. In addition, the above-mentioned aromatic ring may have a substituent. The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 may have only one aromatic ring, or may have two or more aromatic rings.

從藉由抑制由顯影液引起之負型感光性樹脂層的膨潤而解析性提高之觀點而言,乙烯性不飽和化合物B1具有雙酚結構為較佳。 作為雙酚結構,例如可以舉出來自於雙酚A(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丙烷)之雙酚A結構、來自於雙酚F(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)甲烷)之雙酚F結構及來自於雙酚B(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丁烷)之雙酚B結構,雙酚A結構為較佳。 It is preferable that ethylenic unsaturated compound B1 has a bisphenol structure from a viewpoint of improving resolution by suppressing the swelling of the negative photosensitive resin layer by a developing solution. As the bisphenol structure, for example, the bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane), the structure derived from bisphenol F (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) phenyl)methane) and bisphenol B structure from bisphenol B (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)butane), bisphenol A structure is better.

作為具有雙酚結構之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,例如可以舉出具有雙酚結構和鍵結於該雙酚結構的兩端之2個聚合性基(較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基)之化合物。 雙酚結構的兩端與2個聚合性基可以直接鍵結,亦可以經由1個以上的伸烷氧基而鍵結。作為加成於雙酚結構的兩端之伸烷氧基,伸乙氧基或伸丙氧基為較佳,伸乙氧基為更佳。加成於雙酚結構之伸烷氧基的加成數並不受特別限制,但在每1個分子中為4~16個為較佳,6~14個為更佳。 關於具有雙酚結構之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,記載於日本特開2016-224162號公報的0072~0080段落中,該公報中所記載之內容被編入本說明書中。 Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 having a bisphenol structure include a bisphenol structure and two polymerizable groups (preferably (meth)acryl groups) bonded to both ends of the bisphenol structure. compound. Both ends of the bisphenol structure may be directly bonded to two polymerizable groups, or may be bonded via one or more alkyleneoxy groups. As the alkoxyl group added to both ends of the bisphenol structure, ethoxyl or propoxyl is preferred, and ethoxyl is more preferred. The number of alkyleneoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not particularly limited, but is preferably 4 to 16 per molecule, more preferably 6 to 14. About the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 which has a bisphenol structure, it describes in paragraph 0072-0080 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2016-224162, and the content described in this publication is incorporated in this specification.

作為乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,具有雙酚A結構之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷為更佳。 作為2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷,例如可以舉出2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-324M,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基乙氧基丙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-500,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十二乙氧基四丙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-3200MY,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-1300,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-200,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)及乙氧基化(10)雙酚A二丙烯酸酯(NK Ester A-BPE-10,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)。 As the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a bisphenol A structure is preferred, 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl) Propane is more preferred. Examples of 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl)propane include 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydiethoxy) yl)phenyl)propane (FA-324M, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxyethoxypropoxy)phenyl)propane, 2, 2-bis(4-(methacryloxypentaethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-500, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methyl Acryloxydodecaethoxytetrapropoxy)phenyl)propane (FA-3200MY, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxypentadeca Ethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-1300, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydiethoxy)phenyl)propane ( BPE-200, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and ethoxylated (10) bisphenol A diacrylate (NK Ester A-BPE-10, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).

作為乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,能夠使用下述式(Bis)所表示之化合物。As the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1, a compound represented by the following formula (Bis) can be used.

[化1] [chemical 1]

式(Bis)中,R 1及R 2分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,A為C 2H 4,B為C 3H 6,n 1及n 3分別獨立地為1~39的整數,且n 1+n 3為2~40的整數,n 2及n 4分別獨立地為0~29的整數,且n 2+n 4為0~30的整數,-(A-O)-及-(B-O)-的重複單元的排列可以為無規,亦可以為嵌段。而且,在嵌段的情況下,-(A-O)-和-(B-O)-中的任一者可以在雙酚結構側。 在一態樣中,n 1+n 2+n 3+n 4為2~20的整數為較佳,2~16的整數為更佳,4~12的整數為進一步較佳。又,n 2+n 4為0~10的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳,0~2的整數為進一步較佳,0為特佳。 In the formula (Bis), R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is C 2 H 4 , B is C 3 H 6 , n 1 and n 3 are independently an integer of 1 to 39, And n 1 +n 3 is an integer of 2 to 40, n 2 and n 4 are independently an integer of 0 to 29, and n 2 +n 4 is an integer of 0 to 30, -(AO)- and -(BO )-The arrangement of repeating units can be random or block. Also, in the case of a block, either of -(AO)- and -(BO)- may be on the side of the bisphenol structure. In one aspect, n 1 +n 2 +n 3 +n 4 is preferably an integer of 2-20, more preferably an integer of 2-16, and more preferably an integer of 4-12. Also, n 2 +n 4 is preferably an integer of 0 to 10, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, still more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and particularly preferably 0.

乙烯性不飽和化合物B1可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用兩種以上。 從解析性更優異的觀點而言,負型感光性樹脂層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的含量相對於負型感光性樹脂層的總質量為10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳。上限並不受特別限制,但從轉印性及邊緣熔融(負型感光性樹脂層中的成分從感光性轉印材料的端部滲出之現象)的觀點而言,70質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。 Ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. From the standpoint of better resolution, the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 in the negative photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the negative photosensitive resin layer. for better. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of transferability and edge melting (a phenomenon in which components in the negative photosensitive resin layer bleed out from the end of the photosensitive transfer material), it is preferably 70% by mass or less , 60% by mass or less is better.

負型感光性樹脂層可以含有除上述之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物。 除乙烯性不飽和化合物B1以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物並不受特別限制,能夠從公知的化合物中適當選擇。例如,可以舉出在一個分子中具有1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)、不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物。 The negative photosensitive resin layer may contain ethylenically unsaturated compounds other than the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1. The ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known compounds. Examples include compounds having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule (monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds), bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds not having an aromatic ring, and trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds. compound.

作為單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙基己酯、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯。Examples of monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds include ethyl (meth)acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(meth)acryloxyethylsuccinate, polyethylene glycol Alcohol Mono(meth)acrylate, Polypropylene Glycol Mono(meth)acrylate and Phenoxyethyl(meth)acrylate.

作為不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可以舉出伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及三羥甲基丙烷二丙烯酸酯。 作為伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可以舉出三環癸烷二甲醇二丙烯酸酯(A-DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、三環癸烷二甲醇二甲基丙烯酸酯(DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、1,9-壬二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-NOD-N,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-HD-N,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二丙烯酸酯及新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可以舉出聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二丙烯酸酯及聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可以舉出環氧丙烷改質胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯以及環氧乙烷及環氧丙烷改質胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為市售品,例如可以舉出8UX-015A(Taisei Fine Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-32P(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)及UA-1100H(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)。 Examples of bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds not having an aromatic ring include alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, urethane di(meth)acrylate, and urethane di(meth)acrylate. base) acrylate and trimethylolpropane diacrylate. Examples of alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylates include tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), tricyclodecane dimethanol Dimethacrylate (DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1 , 6-hexanediol diacrylate (A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,10-decanediol diacrylate, and neopentyl Glycol di(meth)acrylate. Examples of the polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, and polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate. Acrylate. Examples of the urethane di(meth)acrylate include propylene oxide modified urethane di(meth)acrylate, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide modified urethane di(meth)acrylate. Examples of commercially available products include 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co. , Ltd. manufacturing).

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可以舉出二新戊四醇(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯以及該等的環氧烷改質物。 其中,“(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”係包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、五(甲基)丙烯酸酯及六(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念,“(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”係包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及四(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念。在一態樣中,負型感光性樹脂層包含上述乙烯性不飽和化合物B1及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含上述乙烯性不飽和化合物B1及兩種以上的3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳。在該情況下,乙烯性不飽和化合物B1與3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的質量比為(乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的合計質量):(3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的合計質量)=1:1~5:1為較佳,1.2:1~4:1為更佳,1.5:1~3:1為進一步較佳。 又,在一態樣中,負型感光性樹脂層包含上述乙烯性不飽和化合物B1及兩種以上的3官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳。 Examples of ethylenically unsaturated compounds having a trifunctional or higher function include diperythritol (tri/tetra/penta/hexa)(meth)acrylate, neopentylthritol (tri/tetra)(meth)acrylic acid ester, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid tri(meth)acrylate Meth)acrylate, glycerol tri(meth)acrylate, and their alkylene oxide modifications. Among them, "(three/four/five/six) (meth)acrylates" include tri(meth)acrylates, tetra(meth)acrylates, penta(meth)acrylates and hexa(meth)acrylates. The concept of acrylate, "(three/tetra) (meth)acrylate" includes the concepts of tri(meth)acrylate and tetra(meth)acrylate. In one aspect, the negative photosensitive resin layer preferably contains the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 and a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound, and includes the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 and two or more trifunctional or higher functional compounds. Ethylenically unsaturated compounds are more preferred. In this case, the mass ratio of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 to the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound is (the total mass of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1): (the total mass of the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound ) = 1:1 to 5:1 is more preferable, 1.2:1 to 4:1 is more preferable, and 1.5:1 to 3:1 is still more preferable. Moreover, in one aspect, it is preferable that the negative photosensitive resin layer contains the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 and two or more kinds of trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的環氧烷改質物,可以舉出己內酯改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD(註冊商標)DPCA-20、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之A-9300-1CL等)、環氧烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD RP-1040、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之ATM-35E及A-9300、DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD.製造之EBECRYL(註冊商標)135等)、乙氧基化甘油三丙烯酸酯(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之A-GLY-9E等)、ARONIX(註冊商標)TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、ARONIX M-520(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)以及ARONIX M-510(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)。Examples of alkylene oxide modified products of trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds include caprolactone-modified (meth)acrylate compounds (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. , A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.), alkylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate compound (KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., Shin-Nakamura ATM-35E and A-9300 manufactured by Chemical Co., Ltd., EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135 manufactured by DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD., etc.), ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. A-GLY-9E, etc.), ARONIX (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), ARONIX M-520 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), and ARONIX M-510 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO. , LTD. Manufacturing).

又,作為除乙烯性不飽和化合物B1以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物,可以使用日本特開2004-239942號公報的0025~0030段落中所記載之具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物。Moreover, as an ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1, the ethylenically unsaturated compound which has an acid group as described in paragraph 0025-0030 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2004-239942 can be used.

從解析性及直線性的觀點而言,負型感光性樹脂層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量Mm與鹼可溶性樹脂的含量Mb之比Mm/Mb的值為1.0以下為較佳,0.9以下為更佳,0.5以上且0.9以下為特佳。 又,從硬化性及解析性的觀點而言,負型感光性樹脂層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物包含(甲基)丙烯酸化合物為較佳。 此外,從硬化性、解析性及直線性的觀點而言,負型感光性樹脂層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物包含(甲基)丙烯酸化合物,且丙烯酸化合物的含量相對於負型感光性樹脂層中所包含之上述(甲基)丙烯酸化合物的總質量為60質量%以下為更佳。 From the viewpoint of resolution and linearity, the ratio Mm/Mb of the content Mm of the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the negative photosensitive resin layer to the content Mb of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1.0 or less, 0.9 or less More preferably, 0.5 or more and 0.9 or less are particularly preferable. Moreover, it is preferable that the ethylenically unsaturated compound in a negative photosensitive resin layer contains a (meth)acrylic compound from a viewpoint of curability and resolution. In addition, the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the negative photosensitive resin layer contains a (meth)acrylic compound from the viewpoints of curability, resolution, and linearity, and the content of the acrylic compound is higher than that of the negative photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferable that the total mass of the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic acid compounds contained in the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic acid compound is 60 mass % or less.

作為包含乙烯性不飽和化合物B1之乙烯性不飽和化合物的分子量(當具有分佈時為重量平均分子量(Mw)),200~3,000為較佳,280~2,200為更佳,300~2,200為進一步較佳。The molecular weight (weight average molecular weight (Mw) when there is a distribution) of the ethylenically unsaturated compound including the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 is preferably 200 to 3,000, more preferably 280 to 2,200, and still more preferably 300 to 2,200. good.

乙烯性不飽和化合物可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用兩種以上。 負型感光性樹脂層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量相對於負型感光性樹脂層的總質量為10質量%~70質量%為較佳,20質量%~60質量%為更佳,20質量%~50質量%為進一步較佳。 One type of ethylenically unsaturated compound may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. The content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the negative photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass, and 20% by mass to the total mass of the negative photosensitive resin layer. It is still more preferable that mass % - 50 mass %.

《光聚合起始劑》 負型感光性樹脂層包含光聚合起始劑為較佳。 光聚合起始劑係受到紫外線、可見光線及X射線等活性光線而引發乙烯性不飽和化合物的聚合之化合物。作為光聚合起始劑,並不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的光聚合起始劑。 作為光聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出光自由基聚合起始劑及光陽離子聚合起始劑。 其中,從解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,負型感光性樹脂層為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。 "Photopolymerization Initiator" It is preferable that the negative photosensitive resin layer contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is a compound that initiates the polymerization of ethylenically unsaturated compounds upon exposure to active rays such as ultraviolet rays, visible rays, and X-rays. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and known photopolymerization initiators can be used. As a photoinitiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator and a photocationic polymerization initiator are mentioned, for example. Among them, it is preferable that the negative photosensitive resin layer is a photoradical polymerization initiator from the viewpoint of resolution and pattern formation properties.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出具有肟酯結構之光聚合起始劑、具有α-胺基烷基苯酮結構之光聚合起始劑、具有α-羥基烷基苯酮結構之光聚合起始劑、具有醯基氧化膦結構之光聚合起始劑、具有N-苯甘胺酸結構之光聚合起始劑及聯咪唑化合物。Examples of photoradical polymerization initiators include photopolymerization initiators having an oxime ester structure, photopolymerization initiators having an α-aminoalkylphenone structure, and photopolymerization initiators having an α-hydroxyalkylphenone structure. A photopolymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator with an acyl phosphine oxide structure, a photopolymerization initiator with an N-phenylglycine structure, and a biimidazole compound.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以使用日本特開2011-95716號公報的0031~0042段落、日本特開2015-14783號公報的0064~0081段落中所記載之聚合起始劑。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, polymerization initiators described in paragraphs 0031 to 0042 of JP-A-2011-95716 and paragraphs 0064-0081 of JP-A-2015-14783 can be used.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯(DBE,CAS No.10287-53-3)、安息香甲醚、(p,p’-二甲氧基苄基)大茴香酯、TAZ-110(商品名:Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二苯甲酮、TAZ-111(商品名:Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、Irgacure OXE01、OXE02、OXE03、OXE04(BASF公司製造)、Omnirad651及369(商品名:IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)及2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基-1,2’-聯咪唑(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)。Examples of photoradical polymerization initiators include dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester (DBE, CAS No. 10287-53-3), benzoin methyl ether, (p,p'-dimethoxybenzyl Base) Anisyl, TAZ-110 (trade name: manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), benzophenone, TAZ-111 (trade name: manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), Irgacure OXE01, OXE02, OXE03, OXE04 (manufactured by BASF), Omnirad651 and 369 (trade name: manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), and 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl - 1,2'-Bimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).

作為光自由基聚合起始劑的市售品,例如可以舉出1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-1,2-辛二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)(商品名:IRGACURE(註冊商標)OXE-01,BASF公司製造)、1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮-1-(O-乙醯基肟)(商品名:IRGACURE OXE-02,BASF公司製造)、IRGACURE OXE-03(BASF公司製造)、2-(二甲基胺基)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-口末啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮(商品名:Omnirad 379EG,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-甲基-1-(4-甲硫基苯基)-2-口末啉基丙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 907,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基]苯基}-2-甲基丙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 127,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-口末啉基苯基)丁酮-1(商品名:Omnirad 369,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 1173,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、1-羥基環己基苯基酮(商品名:Omnirad 184,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 651,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基氧化膦(商品名:Omnirad TPO H,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦(商品名:Omnirad 819,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、肟酯系的光聚合起始劑(商品名:Lunar 6,DKSH Japan K.K.製造)、2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基聯咪唑(2-(2-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體(商品名:B-CIM,Hampford公司製造)及2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體(商品名:BCTB,Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)。Examples of commercially available photoradical polymerization initiators include 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-octanedione-2-(O-benzoyl oxime) (trade name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-01, manufactured by BASF Corporation), 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethanone -1-(O-acetyl oxime) (trade name: IRGACURE OXE-02, manufactured by BASF Corporation), IRGACURE OXE-03 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4 -Methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-Perolinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone (trade name: Omnirad 379EG, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-methyl-1 -(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-pornolinylpropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 907, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4-(2- Hydroxy-2-methylpropanyl)benzyl]phenyl}-2-methylpropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 127, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamine 1-(4-Perolinylphenyl)butanone-1 (trade name: Omnirad 369, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one ( Trade name: Omnirad 1173, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone (trade name: Omnirad 184, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethyl -1-one (trade name: Omnirad 651, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide (trade name: Omnirad TPO H, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide (trade name: Omnirad 819, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (trade name: Lunar 6, DKSH Japan K.K.), 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole (2-(2-chlorophenyl)-4,5-di Phenylimidazole dimer (trade name: B-CIM, manufactured by Hampford Co.) and 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer (trade name: BCTB, Tokyo Chemical Industry Co. , Ltd. manufacturing).

光陽離子聚合起始劑(光酸產生劑)係受到活性光線而產生酸之化合物。作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,感應於波長300nm以上、較佳為波長300~450nm的活性光線而產生酸之化合物為較佳,但其化學結構並不受限制。又,關於不直接感應於波長300nm以上的活性光線之光陽離子聚合起始劑,只要為藉由與增感劑併用而感應於波長300nm以上的活性光線從而產生酸之化合物,則亦能夠與增感劑組合而較佳地使用。 作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,產生pKa為4以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為較佳,產生pKa為3以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為更佳,產生pKa為2以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為特佳。pKa的下限值並沒有特別規定,但例如-10.0以上為較佳。 Photocationic polymerization initiators (photoacid generators) are compounds that generate acids when exposed to active light. As the photocationic polymerization initiator, a compound that generates acid in response to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably 300-450 nm, is preferred, but its chemical structure is not limited. Also, as for the photocationic polymerization initiator that is not directly responsive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, as long as it is a compound that generates an acid in response to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more by using in combination with a sensitizer, it can also be used with a sensitizer. Sensitive agents are preferably used in combination. As a photocationic polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid with a pKa of 4 or less is preferred, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid with a pKa of 3 or less is more preferred, and a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid with a pKa of 2 or less The photocatalytic polymerization initiator of acid is especially preferred. The lower limit of pKa is not particularly specified, but is preferably -10.0 or more, for example.

作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,可以舉出離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑及非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。 作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出二芳基錪鹽類及三芳基鋶鹽類等鎓鹽化合物以及四級銨鹽。 作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,可以使用日本特開2014-85643號公報的0114~0133段落中所記載之離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。 As a photocationic polymerization initiator, an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator and a nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator are mentioned. As an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator, an onium salt compound, such as a diaryl iodonium salt and a triaryl permeicium salt, and a quaternary ammonium salt are mentioned, for example. As the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator, the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of JP-A-2014-85643 can be used.

作為非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出三氯甲基-s-三𠯤類、重氮甲烷化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物。作為三氯甲基-s-三𠯤類、重氮甲烷化合物及醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物,可以使用日本特開2011-221494號公報的0083~0088段落中所記載之化合物。又,作為肟磺酸鹽化合物,可以使用國際公開第2018/179640號的0084~0088段落中所記載之化合物。Examples of nonionic photocationic polymerization initiators include trichloromethyl-s-trisulfones, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. The compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of JP-A-2011-221494 can be used as the trichloromethyl-s-trisulfones, diazomethane compounds, and imidesulfonate compounds. In addition, as the oxime sulfonate compound, compounds described in paragraphs 0084 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 can be used.

負型感光性樹脂層可以單獨含有一種光聚合起始劑,亦可以含有兩種以上。 負型感光性樹脂層中的光聚合起始劑的含量並不受特別限制,但相對於負型感光性樹脂層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1.0質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限並不受特別限制,但相對於負型感光性樹脂層的總質量為10質量%以下為較佳,5質量%以下為更佳。 The negative photosensitive resin layer may contain one kind of photopolymerization initiator alone, or may contain two or more kinds thereof. The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the negative photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, relative to the total mass of the negative photosensitive resin layer, It is still more preferable that it is 1.0 mass % or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the negative photosensitive resin layer.

《鹼可溶性樹脂》 負型感光性樹脂層包含鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳。 另外,在本說明書中,“鹼可溶性”係指在液溫22℃下對碳酸鈉的1質量%水溶液100g的溶解度為0.1g以上。 作為鹼可溶性樹脂,並沒有特別限制,例如可以較佳地舉出用於蝕刻阻劑(etching resist)之公知的鹼可溶性樹脂。 又,鹼可溶性樹脂為黏合劑聚合物為較佳。 作為鹼可溶性樹脂,具有酸基之鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳。 其中,作為鹼可溶性樹脂,後述之聚合物A為較佳。 《Alkali-soluble resin》 It is preferable that the negative photosensitive resin layer contains alkali-soluble resin. In addition, in this specification, "alkali solubility" means that the solubility with respect to 100 g of 1 mass % aqueous solutions of sodium carbonate at liquid temperature 22 degreeC is 0.1 g or more. Although it does not specifically limit as alkali-soluble resin, For example, the well-known alkali-soluble resin used for an etching resist (etching resist) is mentioned preferably. Moreover, it is preferable that an alkali-soluble resin is a binder polymer. As the alkali-soluble resin, an alkali-soluble resin having an acidic group is preferable. Among them, the polymer A described later is preferable as the alkali-soluble resin.

-聚合物A- 作為鹼可溶性樹脂,包含聚合物A為較佳。 從藉由抑制由顯影液引起之感光性樹脂層的膨潤而解析性更優異的觀點而言,聚合物A的酸值為220mgKOH/g以下為較佳,未達200mgKOH/g為更佳,未達190mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。 聚合物A的酸值的下限並不受特別限制,但從顯影性更優異的觀點而言,60mgKOH/g以上為較佳,120mgKOH/g以上為更佳,150mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳,170mgKOH/g以上為特佳。 -Polymer A- It is preferable to contain polymer A as an alkali-soluble resin. From the standpoint of better resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive resin layer caused by the developer, the acid value of the polymer A is preferably 220 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably less than 200 mgKOH/g, and less than 200 mgKOH/g. It is further preferably 190 mgKOH/g. The lower limit of the acid value of the polymer A is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of better developability, it is preferably 60 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or more, and still more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or more. More than 170mgKOH/g is particularly preferred.

另外,酸值係為了中和試樣1g所需要之氫氧化鉀的質量[mg],在本說明書中,將單位記載為mgKOH/g。酸值例如能夠由化合物中的酸基的平均含量計算出。 聚合物A的酸值利用構成聚合物A之構成單元的種類及含有酸基之構成單元的含量進行調整即可。 In addition, the acid value is the mass [mg] of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of samples, and in this specification, the unit is described as mgKOH/g. The acid value can be calculated, for example, from the average content of acid groups in the compound. The acid value of the polymer A may be adjusted by the type of the structural unit constituting the polymer A and the content of the acid group-containing structural unit.

聚合物A的重量平均分子量為5,000~500,000為較佳。從提高解析性及顯影性之觀點而言,將重量平均分子量設為500,000以下為較佳。將重量平均分子量設為100,000以下為更佳,設為60,000以下為進一步較佳,設為50,000以下為特佳。另一方面,從控制顯影凝聚物的性狀以及邊緣熔融性及切屑性等未曝光膜的性狀之觀點而言,將重量平均分子量設為5,000以上為較佳。將重量平均分子量設為10,000以上為更佳,設為20,000以上為進一步較佳,設為30,000以上為特佳。邊緣熔融性係指將感光性轉印材料捲取為卷狀時感光性樹脂層從卷的端面溢出之容易程度。切屑性係指用切刀切斷未曝光膜時切屑飛散之容易程度。若該切屑附著於感光性樹脂層的上表面等,則在其後的曝光步驟等中其轉印到遮罩而成為不良品的原因。聚合物A的分散度為1.0~6.0為較佳,1.0~5.0為更佳,1.0~4.0為進一步較佳,1.0~3.0為進一步較佳。在本揭示中,分子量係使用凝膠滲透層析測量之值。又,分散度係重量平均分子量相對於數量平均分子量之比(重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量)。The weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is preferably 5,000 to 500,000. From the viewpoint of improving resolution and developability, the weight average molecular weight is preferably 500,000 or less. The weight average molecular weight is more preferably 100,000 or less, still more preferably 60,000 or less, and particularly preferably 50,000 or less. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of controlling the properties of the developed aggregates and the properties of the unexposed film such as edge melting and chipping properties, it is preferable to set the weight average molecular weight to 5,000 or more. The weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or more, still more preferably 20,000 or more, and particularly preferably 30,000 or more. The edge melting property refers to the ease with which the photosensitive resin layer protrudes from the end surface of the roll when the photosensitive transfer material is wound up into a roll. The chipping property refers to the ease of scattering of chips when the unexposed film is cut with a cutter. If this swarf adheres to the upper surface of the photosensitive resin layer, etc., it will be transferred to the mask in the subsequent exposure process etc., and will become a cause of defective products. The degree of dispersion of the polymer A is preferably from 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably from 1.0 to 5.0, still more preferably from 1.0 to 4.0, and still more preferably from 1.0 to 3.0. In this disclosure, molecular weight is a value measured using gel permeation chromatography. Also, the degree of dispersion is the ratio of the weight average molecular weight to the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight).

從抑制曝光時焦點位置偏離時的線寬粗細或解析度的惡化之觀點而言,負型感光性樹脂層包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分作為聚合物A為較佳。另外,作為這種芳香族烴基,例如可以舉出經取代或未經取代之苯基、或經取代或未經取代之芳烷基。聚合物A中的具有芳香族烴基之單體成分的含有比例以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準為20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,45質量%以上為特佳,50質量%以上為最佳。作為上限,並不受特別限定,但較佳為95質量%以下,更佳為85質量%以下。另外,含有複數種聚合物A時的具有芳香族烴基之單體成分的含有比例作為重量平均值而求出。It is preferable that the negative photosensitive resin layer contains a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group as the polymer A from the viewpoint of suppressing deterioration of line width and resolution when the focal position shifts during exposure. Moreover, as such an aromatic hydrocarbon group, the substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, or the substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group is mentioned, for example. The content ratio of the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is preferably at least 20% by mass, more preferably at least 30% by mass, and even more preferably at least 40% by mass, based on the total mass of all the monomer components. Good, more than 45% by mass is particularly good, and more than 50% by mass is the best. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably at most 95% by mass, more preferably at most 85% by mass. In addition, the content rate of the monomer component which has an aromatic hydrocarbon group when containing several types of polymer A was calculated|required as a weight average.

作為上述具有芳香族烴基之單體,例如可以舉出具有芳烷基之單體、苯乙烯及能夠聚合之苯乙烯衍生物(例如,甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、三級丁氧基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、苯乙烯二聚物、苯乙烯三聚物等)。其中,具有芳烷基之單體或苯乙烯為較佳。在一態樣中,當聚合物A中的具有芳香族烴基之單體成分為苯乙烯時,苯乙烯單體成分的含有比例以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準為20質量%~50質量%為較佳,25質量%~45質量%為更佳,30質量%~40質量%為進一步較佳,30質量%~35質量%為特佳。Examples of monomers having an aromatic hydrocarbon group include monomers having an aralkyl group, styrene, and polymerizable styrene derivatives (such as methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tertiary butoxybenzene, etc.) ethylene, acetyloxystyrene, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, styrene dimer, styrene trimer, etc.). Among them, monomers having aralkyl groups or styrene are preferred. In one aspect, when the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is styrene, the content ratio of the styrene monomer component is 20% by mass to 50% by mass based on the total mass of all the monomer components. % is more preferable, 25 mass % - 45 mass % is more preferable, 30 mass % - 40 mass % is still more preferable, 30 mass % - 35 mass % is especially preferable.

作為芳烷基,可以舉出經取代或未經取代之苯基烷基(苄基除外)、或經取代或未經取代之苄基等,經取代或未經取代之苄基為較佳。Examples of the aralkyl group include substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl groups (excluding benzyl), substituted or unsubstituted benzyl groups, etc., and substituted or unsubstituted benzyl groups are preferred.

作為具有苯基烷基之單體,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸苯基乙酯等。Examples of the monomer having a phenylalkyl group include phenylethyl (meth)acrylate and the like.

作為具有苄基之單體,可以舉出具有苄基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸氯苄酯等;具有苄基之乙烯基單體,例如乙烯基苄基氯、乙烯基苄醇等。其中,(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯為較佳。在一態樣中,當聚合物A中的具有芳香族烴基之單體成分為(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯時,(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯單體成分的含有比例以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準為50質量%~95質量%為較佳,60質量%~90質量%為更佳,70質量%~90質量%為進一步較佳,75質量%~90質量%為特佳。As a monomer having a benzyl group, there can be mentioned (meth)acrylates having a benzyl group, such as benzyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl chloride (meth)acrylate, etc.; vinyl monomers having a benzyl group, Examples include vinylbenzyl chloride, vinylbenzyl alcohol, and the like. Among them, benzyl (meth)acrylate is preferred. In one aspect, when the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is benzyl (meth)acrylate, the content ratio of the benzyl (meth)acrylate monomer component is calculated as the total of all monomer components Based on the mass, 50% by mass to 95% by mass is more preferred, 60% by mass to 90% by mass is more preferred, 70% by mass to 90% by mass is still more preferred, and 75% by mass to 90% by mass is particularly preferred.

含有具有芳香族烴基之單體成分之聚合物A藉由使具有芳香族烴基之單體與至少一種後述之第一單體及/或至少一種後述之第二單體進行聚合而得到為較佳。Polymer A containing a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably obtained by polymerizing a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group with at least one first monomer described below and/or at least one second monomer described below .

不含有具有芳香族烴基之單體成分之聚合物A藉由使至少一種後述之第一單體進行聚合而得到為較佳,藉由使至少一種第一單體與至少一種後述之第二單體進行共聚合而得到為更佳。Polymer A that does not contain a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one first monomer described later, by making at least one first monomer and at least one second monomer described later It is better to obtain by copolymerization.

第一單體係在分子中具有羧基之單體。作為第一單體,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、反丁烯二酸、桂皮酸、巴豆酸、衣康酸、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、順丁烯二酸酐、順丁烯二酸半酯等。在該等之中,(甲基)丙烯酸為較佳。 聚合物A中的第一單體的含有比例以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準為5質量%~50質量%為較佳,10質量%~40質量%為更佳,15質量%~30質量%為進一步較佳。 The first monomer system is a monomer having a carboxyl group in the molecule. Examples of the first monomer include (meth)acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic anhydride, maleic acid half esters etc. Among these, (meth)acrylic acid is preferable. The content ratio of the first monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of all monomer components. Mass % is further more preferable.

第一單體的共聚合比例以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準為10質量%~50質量%較佳。從顯現良好的顯影性之觀點、控制邊緣熔融性等觀點而言,將上述共聚合比例設為10質量%以上為較佳,15質量%以上為更佳,20質量%以上為進一步較佳。從光阻圖案的高解析性及下擺部形狀的觀點而言,進一步從光阻圖案的耐化學藥品性的觀點而言,將上述共聚合比例設為50質量%以下為較佳,在該等觀點上,35質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳,27質量%以下為特佳。The copolymerization ratio of the first monomer is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass based on the total mass of all monomer components. From the viewpoint of developing good developability and controlling edge melting properties, the copolymerization ratio is preferably at least 10% by mass, more preferably at least 15% by mass, and still more preferably at least 20% by mass. From the viewpoint of the high resolution of the photoresist pattern and the shape of the hem portion, and further from the viewpoint of the chemical resistance of the photoresist pattern, it is preferable to set the above-mentioned copolymerization ratio to 50% by mass or less. From a viewpoint, 35 mass % or less is more preferable, 30 mass % or less is further more preferable, and 27 mass % or less is especially preferable.

第二單體係非酸性且在分子中具有至少1個聚合性不飽和基之單體。作為第二單體,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯類;乙酸乙烯酯等乙烯醇的酯類;以及(甲基)丙烯腈等。其中,(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯為特佳。 聚合物A中的第二單體的含有比例以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準為5質量%~60質量%為較佳,15質量%~50質量%為更佳,20質量%~45質量%為進一步較佳。 The second monomer is a non-acidic monomer having at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in its molecule. Examples of the second monomer include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, Butyl ester, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, ring (meth)acrylate (Meth)acrylates such as hexyl ester and 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate; esters of vinyl alcohol such as vinyl acetate; and (meth)acrylonitrile, etc. Among them, methyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, and n-butyl (meth)acrylate are preferable, and methyl (meth)acrylate is particularly preferable. The content ratio of the second monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 45% by mass, based on the total mass of all monomer components. Mass % is further more preferable.

從抑制曝光時焦點位置偏離時的線寬粗細或解析度的惡化之觀點而言,含有具有芳烷基之單體及/或苯乙烯作為單體為較佳。例如,包含甲基丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸苄酯及苯乙烯之共聚物、包含甲基丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸苄酯及苯乙烯之共聚物等為較佳。 在一態樣中,聚合物A為包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分25質量%~40質量%、第一單體成分20質量%~35質量%、第二單體成分30質量%~45質量%之聚合物為較佳。又,在另一態樣中,包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分70質量%~90質量%、第一單體成分10質量%~25質量%之聚合物為較佳。 From the viewpoint of suppressing deterioration of the line width and resolution when the focal position shifts during exposure, it is preferable to contain an aralkyl-containing monomer and/or styrene as a monomer. For example, copolymers containing methacrylic acid, benzyl methacrylate, and styrene, and copolymers containing methacrylic acid, methyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, and styrene are preferred. In one aspect, the polymer A contains 25% to 40% by mass of monomer components having aromatic hydrocarbon groups, 20% to 35% by mass of the first monomer component, and 30% to 45% by mass of the second monomer component. The polymer in mass % is preferable. Also, in another aspect, a polymer comprising 70% to 90% by mass of the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and 10% to 25% by mass of the first monomer component is preferable.

聚合物A可以在側鏈中具有直鏈結構、分支結構及脂環結構中的任一種。藉由使用含有在側鏈中具有分支結構之基之單體或含有在側鏈中具有脂環結構之基之單體,能夠將分支結構或脂環結構導入到聚合物A的側鏈中。具有脂環結構之基可以為單環或多環。 作為含有在側鏈中具有分支結構之基之單體的具體例,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級辛酯。在該等之中,(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯或甲基丙烯酸三級丁酯為較佳,甲基丙烯酸異丙酯或甲基丙烯酸三級丁酯為更佳。 作為含有在側鏈中具有脂環結構之基之單體,可以舉出具有單環的脂肪族烴基之單體、具有多環的脂肪族烴基之單體,且可以舉出具有碳數(碳原子數)5~20個的脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為更具體的例子,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸(雙環[2.2.1]庚基-2)酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-乙基金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-5-乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5,8-三乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-8-乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲基-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-甲橋茚(methanoindene)-5-基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-甲橋茚-1-基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-薄荷腦基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-羥基-2,6,6-三甲基-雙環[3.1.1]庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,7,7-三甲基-4-羥基-雙環[4.1.0]庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,5-三甲基環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等。在該等(甲基)丙烯酸酯之中,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-薄荷腦基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷為特佳。 Polymer A may have any of a linear structure, a branched structure, and an alicyclic structure in a side chain. By using a monomer having a group having a branched structure in the side chain or a monomer having a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain, a branched structure or an alicyclic structure can be introduced into the side chain of the polymer A. The group having an alicyclic structure may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specific examples of monomers containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain include, for example, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, secondary butyl (meth)acrylate, Tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, isopentyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary pentyl (meth)acrylate, isopentyl (meth)acrylate, 2-octyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate base) 3-octyl acrylate, tertiary octyl (meth)acrylate. Among them, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate or tertiary butyl methacrylate are preferred, and isopropyl methacrylate or tertiary butyl methacrylate is better. As a monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain, a monomer having a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a monomer having a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a monomer having a carbon number (carbon (meth)acrylate of alicyclic hydrocarbon group with 5 to 20 atoms. As more specific examples, (meth)acrylate (bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl-2) ester, (meth)acrylate-1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate-2- Adamantyl ester, 3-methyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3,5-dimethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate- 3-ethyladamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3-methyl-5-ethyl-1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3,5,8-triethyl-1- Adamantyl ester, 3,5-dimethyl-8-ethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate base) 2-ethyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 3-hydroxy-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, octahydro-4,7-methanoindene (meth)acrylate- 5-yl ester, octahydro-4,7-inden-1-ylmethyl (meth)acrylate, 1-menthol (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecane (meth)acrylate, (Meth)acrylate-3-hydroxy-2,6,6-trimethyl-bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl, (meth)acrylate-3,7,7-trimethyl-4-hydroxy-bicyclo [4.1.0] Heptyl ester, (nor)bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, fenzyl (meth)acrylate, 2,2,5-(meth)acrylate Trimethylcyclohexyl, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Among these (meth)acrylates, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (nor)bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate-1 - adamantyl ester, 2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, fenzyl (meth)acrylate, 1-menthol (meth)acrylate or tricyclodecane (meth)acrylate as Preferably, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (nor)bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, 2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate or (methyl) ) tricyclodecane acrylate is particularly preferred.

聚合物A可以單獨使用一種,或者可以混合使用兩種以上。當混合使用兩種以上時,混合使用兩種包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分之聚合物A或者混合使用包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分之聚合物A和不包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分之聚合物A為較佳。在後者的情況下,包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分之聚合物A的使用比例相對於聚合物A全部為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為較佳,90質量%以上為更佳。Polymer A may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used in combination, two polymers A containing monomer components having aromatic hydrocarbon groups are used in combination, or polymer A containing monomer components having aromatic hydrocarbon groups is used in combination with a polymer A containing no monomer components having aromatic hydrocarbon groups. Polymer A of the body composition is preferred. In the latter case, the proportion of the polymer A containing a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and 80% by mass or more to the entire polymer A. Preferably, more than 90% by mass is more preferred.

聚合物A的合成藉由向將上述中所說明之一種或複數種單體用丙酮、甲基乙基酮、異丙醇等溶劑稀釋而成之溶液中添加適量過氧化苯甲醯、偶氮異丁腈等自由基聚合起始劑並加熱攪拌來進行為較佳。有時亦會一邊將混合物的一部分滴加到反應液中一邊進行合成。反應結束後,有時亦會進一步加入溶劑而調整為所期望的濃度。作為合成方法,除了溶液聚合以外,還可以使用塊狀聚合、懸浮聚合或乳化聚合。Polymer A is synthesized by adding an appropriate amount of benzoyl peroxide, azo It is preferable to heat and stir a radical polymerization initiator such as isobutyronitrile. In some cases, the synthesis may be performed while dropping a part of the mixture into the reaction liquid. After completion of the reaction, a solvent may be further added to adjust to a desired concentration. As a synthesis method, in addition to solution polymerization, block polymerization, suspension polymerization, or emulsion polymerization can be used.

聚合物A的玻璃轉移溫度Tg為30℃以上且135℃以下為較佳。藉由在感光性樹脂層中使用具有135℃以下的Tg之聚合物A,能夠抑制曝光時焦點位置偏離時的線寬粗細或解析度的惡化。從該觀點而言,聚合物A的Tg為130℃以下為更佳,120℃以下為進一步較佳,110℃以下為特佳。又,從提高耐邊緣熔融性之觀點而言,使用具有30℃以上的Tg之聚合物A為較佳。從該觀點而言,聚合物A的Tg為40℃以上為更佳,50℃以上為進一步較佳,60℃以上為特佳,70℃以上為最佳。The glass transition temperature Tg of the polymer A is preferably not less than 30°C and not more than 135°C. By using the polymer A which has Tg of 135 degreeC or less for a photosensitive resin layer, the deterioration of the line width thickness and resolution at the time of shifting focus position at the time of exposure can be suppressed. From this viewpoint, the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 130°C or lower, further preferably 120°C or lower, and particularly preferably 110°C or lower. Moreover, it is preferable to use the polymer A which has Tg of 30 degreeC or more from a viewpoint of edge melting resistance improvement. From this viewpoint, the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 40°C or higher, still more preferably 50°C or higher, particularly preferably 60°C or higher, most preferably 70°C or higher.

又,從靈敏度及解析度的觀點而言,感光性樹脂層(較佳為負型感光性樹脂層)包含具有交聯性基之聚合物為較佳,包含具有交聯性基之聚合物作為鹼可溶性樹脂為更佳。 作為具有交聯性基之聚合物,從顯影性、靈敏度及解析度的觀點而言,具有聚合性基之聚合物為較佳,具有乙烯性不飽和基之聚合物為更佳,具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸樹脂為進一步較佳,含有具有乙烯性不飽和基之構成單元之丙烯酸樹脂為特佳。 作為聚合性基,只要為參與聚合反應之基,則不受特別限制,例如可以舉出乙烯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基及順丁烯二醯亞胺基等具有乙烯性不飽和基之基;以及環氧基及氧環丁烷基等具有陽離子性聚合性基之基。 又,作為具有交聯性基之聚合物,從顯影性、靈敏度及解析度的觀點而言,具有交聯性基之聚合物A為較佳。 Also, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer (preferably negative photosensitive resin layer) comprises a polymer having a crosslinking group, and the polymer having a crosslinking group is included as Alkali-soluble resins are more preferred. As a polymer having a cross-linking group, a polymer having a polymerizable group is preferred from the viewpoints of developability, sensitivity, and resolution, and a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group is more preferable. An acrylic resin having an unsaturated group is further preferred, and an acrylic resin containing a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group is particularly preferred. The polymerizable group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group that participates in a polymerization reaction, and examples include vinyl, acryl, methacryl, styryl, and maleimide groups that have A group having an ethylenically unsaturated group; and a group having a cationic polymerizable group such as an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group. Moreover, as a polymer which has a crosslinkable group, polymer A which has a crosslinkable group is preferable from the viewpoint of developability, sensitivity, and resolution.

負型感光性樹脂層可以含有除鹼可溶性樹脂以外的樹脂。 作為除鹼可溶性樹脂以外的樹脂,可以舉出丙烯酸樹脂、苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物(其中,苯乙烯含有率為40質量%以上者)、聚胺酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯甲醛、聚醯胺樹脂、聚酯樹脂、環氧樹脂、聚縮醛樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚苯并㗁唑樹脂、聚矽氧烷樹脂、聚乙亞胺、聚烯丙基胺及聚伸烷基二醇。 The negative photosensitive resin layer may contain resins other than alkali-soluble resins. Examples of resins other than alkali-soluble resins include acrylic resins, styrene-acrylic acid copolymers (with a styrene content of 40% by mass or more), polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formaldehyde, polyamide Resin, polyester resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polyimide resin, polybenzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine and polyalkylene glycols.

鹼可溶性樹脂可以單獨使用一種,或者可以混合使用兩種以上。 鹼可溶性樹脂相對於負型感光性樹脂層的總質量的比例較佳為10質量%~90質量%的範圍,更佳為30質量%~70質量%,進一步較佳為40質量%~60質量%。從控制顯影時間之觀點而言,將鹼可溶性樹脂相對於負型感光性樹脂層的比例設為90質量%以下為較佳。另一方面,從提高耐邊緣熔融性之觀點而言,將鹼可溶性樹脂相對於負型感光性樹脂層的比例設為10質量%以上為較佳。 Alkali-soluble resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The ratio of the alkali-soluble resin to the total mass of the negative photosensitive resin layer is preferably in the range of 10% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 70% by mass, further preferably 40% by mass to 60% by mass %. From the viewpoint of controlling the development time, it is preferable to set the ratio of the alkali-soluble resin to the negative photosensitive resin layer to be 90% by mass or less. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving edge melting resistance, it is preferable to set the ratio of the alkali-soluble resin to the negative photosensitive resin layer to be 10% by mass or more.

《具有未共用電子對之化合物》 從與導電層的密接性的觀點而言,上述感光性樹脂層包含具有未共用電子對之化合物為較佳。 作為具有未共用電子對之化合物,從與導電層的密接性的觀點而言,至少含有氮原子、氧原子或硫原子之化合物為較佳,雜環式化合物、硫醇化合物或二硫化物化合物為更佳,雜環式化合物為進一步較佳,含氮雜環式化合物為特佳。 "Compounds with Unshared Electron Pairs" It is preferable that the said photosensitive resin layer contains the compound which has an unshared electron pair from a viewpoint of the adhesiveness with a conductive layer. As a compound having an unshared electron pair, a compound containing at least a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom is preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion to the conductive layer, and a heterocyclic compound, a thiol compound, or a disulfide compound It is more preferred, a heterocyclic compound is further preferred, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound is particularly preferred.

雜環式化合物所具有之雜環可以為單環及多環中的任一種雜環。 作為雜環式化合物所具有之雜原子,可以舉出氮原子、氧原子及硫原子。雜環式化合物具有選自包括氮原子、氧原子及硫原子之群組中之至少一種原子為較佳,具有氮原子為更佳。 The heterocyclic ring possessed by the heterocyclic compound may be any of monocyclic and polycyclic heterocyclic rings. As a hetero atom which a heterocyclic compound has, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom are mentioned. The heterocyclic compound preferably has at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom, and more preferably has a nitrogen atom.

作為雜環式化合物,例如可以較佳地舉出三唑化合物、苯并三唑化合物、四唑化合物、噻二唑化合物、三𠯤化合物、繞丹寧化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物、苯并㗁唑化合物或嘧啶化合物。在上述之中,從與導電層的密接性的觀點而言,雜環式化合物為選自包括三唑化合物、苯并三唑化合物、四唑化合物、噻二唑化合物、三𠯤化合物、繞丹寧化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物及苯并㗁唑化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳,選自包括三唑化合物、苯并三唑化合物、四唑化合物、噻二唑化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物及苯并㗁唑化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為更佳,選自包括三唑化合物及四唑化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為進一步較佳,三唑化合物為特佳。Examples of heterocyclic compounds include preferably triazole compounds, benzotriazole compounds, tetrazole compounds, thiadiazole compounds, triazole compounds, rhodanine compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, and imidazole compounds, benzoxazole compounds or pyrimidine compounds. Among the above, from the viewpoint of adhesion to the conductive layer, the heterocyclic compound is selected from the group consisting of triazole compounds, benzotriazole compounds, tetrazole compounds, thiadiazole compounds, trioxane compounds, rhodan At least one compound in the group of ningen compound, thiazole compound, benzimidazole compound and benzoxazole compound is preferably selected from the group consisting of triazole compound, benzotriazole compound, tetrazole compound, thiadiazole compound, At least one compound selected from the group of thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzimidazole compounds and benzoxazole compounds is more preferable, and at least one compound selected from the group including triazole compounds and tetrazole compounds is further Preferably, triazole compounds are particularly preferred.

以下示出雜環式化合物的較佳具體例。作為三唑化合物及苯并三唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。Preferred specific examples of heterocyclic compounds are shown below. Examples of the triazole compound and the benzotriazole compound include the following compounds.

[化2] [Chem 2]

[化3] [Chem 3]

作為四唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the tetrazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化4] [chemical 4]

[化5] [chemical 5]

作為噻二唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the thiadiazole compound, the following compounds can be illustrated.

[化6] [chemical 6]

作為三𠯤化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the trisulfide compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化7] [chemical 7]

作為繞丹寧化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the rhodanine compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化8] [chemical 8]

作為噻唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the thiazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化9] [chemical 9]

作為苯并噻唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the benzothiazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化10] [chemical 10]

作為苯并咪唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the benzimidazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化11] [chemical 11]

[化12] [chemical 12]

作為苯并㗁唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the benzoxazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化13] [chemical 13]

作為硫醇化合物,可以較佳地舉出脂肪族硫醇化合物。 作為脂肪族硫醇化合物,可以較佳地使用單官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物或多官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物(亦即,2官能以上的脂肪族硫醇化合物)。 作為多官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物,例如可以舉出三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,4-雙(3-巰基丁醯氧基)丁烷、新戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,3,5-三(3-巰基丁醯氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、三羥甲基乙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、三[(3-巰基丙醯氧基)乙基]異氰脲酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、新戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、四乙二醇雙(3-巰基丙酸酯)、二新戊四醇六(3-巰基丙酸酯)、乙二醇雙硫代丙酸酯、1,4-雙(3-巰基丁醯氧基)丁烷、1,2-乙二硫醇、1,3-丙二硫醇、1,6-六亞甲基二硫醇、2,2’-(伸乙基二硫代)二乙硫醇、內消旋(meso)-2,3-二巰基琥珀酸及二(巰基乙基)醚。 作為單官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物,例如可以舉出1-辛硫醇、1-十二烷硫醇、β-巰基丙酸、甲基-3-巰基丙酸酯、2-乙基己基-3-巰基丙酸酯、正辛基-3-巰基丙酸酯、甲氧基丁基-3-巰基丙酸酯及硬脂基-3-巰基丙酸酯。 As the thiol compound, preferably an aliphatic thiol compound is used. As the aliphatic thiol compound, a monofunctional aliphatic thiol compound or a polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound (that is, a difunctional or more functional aliphatic thiol compound) can be preferably used. Examples of polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compounds include trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,4-bis(3-mercaptobutyryloxy)butane, neopentylitol Tetrakis(3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutyryloxyethyl)-1,3,5-tris-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H )-triketone, trimethylolethane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), tris[(3-mercaptopropionyloxy)ethyl]isocyanurate, trimethylolpropane tris(3- mercaptopropionate), neopentylthritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), tetraethylene glycol bis (3-mercaptopropionate), dipenteoerythritol hexa (3-mercaptopropionate), ethyl Diol dithiopropionate, 1,4-bis(3-mercaptobutyryloxy)butane, 1,2-ethanedithiol, 1,3-propanedithiol, 1,6-hexamethylene Methyldithiol, 2,2'-(ethylenedithio)diethanethiol, meso-2,3-dimercaptosuccinic acid, and bis(mercaptoethyl)ether. Examples of monofunctional aliphatic thiol compounds include 1-octanethiol, 1-dodecanethiol, β-mercaptopropionic acid, methyl-3-mercaptopropionate, 2-ethylhexyl- 3-mercaptopropionate, n-octyl-3-mercaptopropionate, methoxybutyl-3-mercaptopropionate and stearyl-3-mercaptopropionate.

作為二硫化物化合物,可以舉出2-(4’-口末啉基二硫代)苯并噻唑、2,2’-苯并噻唑基二硫化物、雙(2-苯并醯胺基苯基)二硫化物、1,1-硫代雙(2-萘酚)、雙(2,4,5-三氯苯基)二硫化物、4,4’-二硫代口末啉、四乙基秋蘭姆二硫化物、二苄基二硫化物、雙(2,4-二硝基苯基)二硫化物、4,4’-二胺基二苯基二硫化物、二烯丙基二硫化物、二-三級丁基二硫化物、雙(6-羥基-2-萘基)二硫化物、二環己基二硫化物、鄰異丁醯硫胺二硫化物、二苯基二硫化物。Examples of disulfide compounds include 2-(4'-porphyrinyldithio)benzothiazole, 2,2'-benzothiazolyl disulfide, bis(2-benzamidophenyl base) disulfide, 1,1-thiobis(2-naphthol), bis(2,4,5-trichlorophenyl) disulfide, 4,4'-dithioporline, tetra Ethylthiuram disulfide, dibenzyl disulfide, bis(2,4-dinitrophenyl) disulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl disulfide, diallyl disulfide, di-tertiary butyl disulfide, bis(6-hydroxy-2-naphthyl) disulfide, dicyclohexyl disulfide, o-isobutyryl thiamine disulfide, diphenyl disulfide.

又,從與導電層的密接性的觀點而言,具有未共用電子對之化合物的分子量未達1,000為較佳,50~500為更佳,50~200為進一步較佳,50~115為特佳。Also, from the viewpoint of adhesion to the conductive layer, the molecular weight of the compound having an unshared electron pair is preferably less than 1,000, more preferably 50-500, still more preferably 50-200, and especially 50-115. good.

感光性樹脂層可以單獨含有一種具有未共用電子對之化合物,亦可以含有兩種以上。 從與導電層的密接性的觀點而言,具有未共用電子對之化合物的含量相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為0.01質量%~20質量%為較佳,0.1質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.3質量%~8質量%為進一步較佳,0.5質量%~5質量%為特佳。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain one kind of compound having an unshared electron pair alone, or two or more kinds thereof. From the viewpoint of the adhesion to the conductive layer, the content of the compound having an unshared electron pair is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, and 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. More preferably, 0.3 mass % - 8 mass % is still more preferable, and 0.5 mass % - 5 mass % is especially preferable.

《色素》 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,感光性樹脂層含有色素為較佳,含有顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm中的最大吸收波長為450nm以上且最大吸收波長藉由酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化之色素(亦簡稱為“色素N”。)為更佳。若含有色素N,則雖然詳細的機制尚不明確,但與鄰接之層(例如,臨時支撐體及第1樹脂層)的密接性提高,從而解析性更優異。 "pigment" From the viewpoint of visibility of exposed and non-exposed areas, pattern visibility and resolution after development, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer contains a pigment, and the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400nm to 780nm for color development is included. A dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid, alkali or free radicals (also referred to as "dye N" for short) is more preferable. When the dye N is contained, although the detailed mechanism is not clear, the adhesiveness with the adjacent layer (for example, a temporary support body and a 1st resin layer) improves, and resolution is more excellent.

在本說明書中,色素的“最大吸收波長藉由酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化”可以指處於顯色狀態之色素藉由酸、鹼或自由基而脫色之態樣、處於脫色狀態之色素藉由酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之態樣及處於顯色狀態之色素變為其他色相的顯色狀態之態樣中的任一態樣。 具體而言,色素N可以為藉由曝光從脫色狀態發生變化而顯色之化合物,亦可以為藉由曝光從顯色狀態發生變化而脫色之化合物。在該情況下,可以為藉由曝光在感光性樹脂層內產生酸、鹼或自由基且該等起作用,從而顯色或脫色的狀態發生變化之色素,亦可以為感光性樹脂層內的狀態(例如pH)藉由酸、鹼或自由基發生變化而顯色或脫色的狀態發生變化之色素。又,亦可以為不經過曝光而直接受到酸、鹼或自由基作為刺激而顯色或脫色的狀態發生變化之色素。 In this specification, "the maximum absorption wavelength of a pigment is changed by acid, alkali or free radical" may refer to a state in which a pigment in a colored state is decolorized by an acid, alkali or free radical, or a pigment in a decolorized state. Either of the state in which the color is developed by acid, alkali or free radicals, and the state in which the pigment in the color-developed state changes to a color-developed state of another hue. Specifically, the dye N may be a compound that develops color by changing from a decolorized state by exposure, or may be a compound that decolorizes by changing from a color-developed state by exposure. In this case, it may be a dye that generates acid, alkali, or free radicals in the photosensitive resin layer by exposure, and these acts to change the state of color development or decolorization, or it may be a pigment in the photosensitive resin layer. A pigment whose state (such as pH) is changed by changes in acid, alkali or free radicals to develop or decolorize. In addition, it may be a pigment whose state of color development or decolorization is changed by being directly stimulated by an acid, an alkali, or a free radical without exposure to light.

其中,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,色素N為最大吸收波長藉由酸或自由基而發生變化之色素為較佳,最大吸收波長藉由自由基而發生變化之色素為更佳。 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,感光性樹脂層含有最大吸收波長藉由自由基而發生變化之色素作為色素N及光自由基聚合起始劑這兩者為較佳。 又,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,色素N為藉由酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之色素為較佳。 Among them, from the viewpoint of the visibility and resolution of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid or free radicals, and the maximum absorption wavelength is generated by free radicals. Varying pigments are more preferred. From the viewpoint of the visibility and resolution of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the photosensitive resin layer contains a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals as both the dye N and the photoradical polymerization initiator. better. Moreover, it is preferable that dye N is a dye which develops color by acid, alkali, or a radical from the viewpoint of the visibility of an exposure part and a non-exposure part.

作為本揭示中的色素N的顯色機構的例子,可以舉出自由基反應性色素、酸反應性色素或鹼反應性色素(例如,無色色素)藉由向感光性樹脂層中添加光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑(光酸產生劑)或光鹼產生劑並進行曝光之後由光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑或光鹼產生劑產生之自由基、酸或鹼而顯色之態樣。As an example of the color development mechanism of the dye N in this disclosure, a radical reactive dye, an acid reactive dye, or an alkali reactive dye (for example, a leuco dye) can be mentioned by adding photoradicals to the photosensitive resin layer. Free radicals generated by photoradical polymerization initiators, photocationic polymerization initiators, or photobase generators after polymerization initiators, photocationic polymerization initiators (photoacid generators) or photobase generators and exposed to light , Acid or Alkaline color development.

從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,色素N的顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm中的最大吸收波長為550nm以上為較佳,550nm~700nm為更佳,550nm~650nm為進一步較佳。From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400nm to 780nm during color development of the dye N is preferably 550nm or more, more preferably 550nm to 700nm, and 550nm to 650nm. Further better.

色素N的最大吸收波長藉由在大氣環境下使用分光光度計:UV3100(Shimadzu Corporation製造)在400nm~780nm的範圍內測量含有色素N之溶液(液溫25℃)的透射光譜並檢測在上述波長範圍內光的強度成為極小之波長(最大吸收波長)而得到。The maximum absorption wavelength of the pigment N was measured by using a spectrophotometer: UV3100 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) in the atmospheric environment, and the transmission spectrum of the solution (liquid temperature 25°C) containing the pigment N was measured in the range of 400nm to 780nm and detected at the above wavelength The intensity of light within the range is obtained at an extremely small wavelength (maximum absorption wavelength).

作為藉由曝光而顯色或脫色之色素,例如可以舉出無色化合物。 作為藉由曝光而脫色之色素,例如可以舉出無色化合物、二芳基甲烷系色素、㗁𠯤系色素、口山口星系色素、亞胺基萘醌系色素、偶氮次甲基系色素及蒽醌系色素。 作為色素N,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,無色化合物為較佳。 As a coloring matter which develops or decolorizes by exposure, a colorless compound is mentioned, for example. Examples of dyes that decolorize by exposure include leuco compounds, diarylmethane-based dyes, 㗁𠯤-based dyes, Kuchi Yamaguchi-based dyes, iminonaphthoquinone-based dyes, azomethine-based dyes, and anthracene-based dyes. Quinone pigments. As the dye N, a colorless compound is preferable from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion.

作為無色化合物,例如可以舉出具有三芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三芳基甲烷系色素)、具有螺吡喃骨架之無色化合物(螺吡喃系色素)、具有螢光黃母體骨架之無色化合物(螢光黃母體系色素)、具有二芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(二芳基甲烷系色素)、具有羅丹明內醯胺骨架之無色化合物(羅丹明內醯胺系色素)、具有吲哚基酞內酯骨架之無色化合物(吲哚基酞內酯系色素)及具有無色金黃胺骨架之無色化合物(無色金黃胺系色素)。 其中,三芳基甲烷系色素或螢光黃母體系色素為較佳,具有三苯基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三苯基甲烷系色素)或螢光黃母體系色素為更佳。 As the colorless compound, for example, a colorless compound having a triarylmethane skeleton (triarylmethane dye), a colorless compound having a spiropyran skeleton (spiropyran dye), and a colorless compound having a fluorescent yellow parent skeleton ( Fluorescent yellow parent system pigment), colorless compound with diarylmethane skeleton (diarylmethane pigment), colorless compound with rhodamine lactam skeleton (rhodamine lactamide pigment), indolyl A colorless compound with a phthalide skeleton (indolylphthalide pigment) and a colorless compound with a colorless aureamine skeleton (colorless aureamine pigment). Among them, triarylmethane-based pigments or fluorescent yellow parent system pigments are preferred, and colorless compounds (triphenylmethane-based pigments) with triphenylmethane skeletons or fluorescent yellow parent system pigments are more preferred.

作為無色化合物,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,具有內酯環、亞磺內酯環(sultine ring)或磺內酯環為較佳。藉此,能夠使無色化合物所具有之內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環與由光自由基聚合起始劑產生之自由基或由光陽離子聚合起始劑產生之酸進行反應使無色化合物變為閉環狀態而使其脫色,或者使無色化合物變為開環狀態而使其顯色。作為無色化合物,具有內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環且內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環藉由自由基或酸開環而顯色之化合物為較佳,具有內酯環且內酯環藉由自由基或酸開環而顯色之化合物為更佳。As a colorless compound, it is preferable to have a lactone ring, a sultone ring, or a sultone ring from the viewpoint of the visibility of an exposed part and a non-exposed part. Thereby, the lactone ring, sultone ring or sultone ring of the colorless compound can be reacted with the free radical generated by the photoradical polymerization initiator or the acid generated by the photocationic polymerization initiator Decolorize a colorless compound by closing its ring, or develop a color by opening its ring. As a colorless compound, a compound having a lactone ring, a sultone ring or a sultone ring and the lactone ring, a sultone ring or a sultone ring is colored by free radicals or acid ring opening is preferable , a compound that has a lactone ring and the lactone ring is opened by free radicals or acid to develop color is more preferred.

作為色素N,例如可以舉出以下染料及無色化合物。 在色素N之中,作為染料的具體例,可以舉出亮綠(brilliant green)、乙基紫、甲基綠、結晶紫、鹼性品紅(basic fuchsine)、甲基紫2B、喹納啶紅(quinaldine red)、孟加拉玫瑰紅(rose bengal)、米塔尼爾黃(metanil yellow)、百里酚磺酞(thymol sulfonphthalein)、二甲酚(xylenol)藍、甲基橙、對甲基紅、剛果紅、苯并紅紫素(benzopurpurine)4B、α-萘基紅、尼羅藍(nile blue)2B、尼羅藍A、甲基紫、孔雀綠(malachite green)、副品紅(parafuchsin)、維多利亞純藍(victoria pure blue)-萘磺酸鹽、維多利亞純藍BOH(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油藍#603(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油粉紅#312(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅5B(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油猩紅(oil scarlet)#308(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅OG(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅RR(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油綠#502(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、史必隆紅(spilon red)BEH特殊(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、間甲酚紫、甲酚紅、羅丹明B、羅丹明6G、磺酸基羅丹明B、金黃胺、4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基苯胺基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基硬脂基胺基-4-對-N,N-雙(羥基乙基)胺基-苯基亞胺基萘醌、1-苯基-3-甲基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑啉酮及1-β-萘基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑啉酮。 Examples of the dye N include the following dyes and leuco compounds. Among dyes N, specific examples of dyes include brilliant green, ethyl violet, methyl green, crystal violet, basic fuchsine, methyl violet 2B, and quinaldine. quinaldine red, rose bengal, metanil yellow, thymol sulfonphthalein, xylenol blue, methyl orange, p-methyl red , Congo red, benzopurpurine 4B, α-naphthyl red, nile blue 2B, nile blue A, methyl violet, malachite green, parafuchsin , victoria pure blue (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), Victoria pure blue BOH (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), oil blue #603 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), oil pink #312 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), oil red 5B (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), oil scarlet (oil scarlet) #308 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), oil red OG (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), oil red RR (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), oil green #502 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), spilon red (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), BEH special (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), m-cresyl violet, cresyl red, rhodamine B, rhodamine 6G, sulfo-rhodamine B, auretamine, 4-p-diethylaminophenylimine Gennaphthoquinone, 2-carboxyanilino-4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxystearylamino-4-p-N,N-bis(hydroxyethyl)amine Base-phenyliminonaphthoquinone, 1-phenyl-3-methyl-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone and 1-β-naphthyl-4- p-Diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone.

在色素N之中,作為無色化合物的具體例,可以舉出p,p’,p”-六甲基三胺基三苯基甲烷(無色結晶紫)、Pergascript Blue SRB(Ciba-Geigy公司製造)、結晶紫內酯、孔雀綠內酯、苯甲醯無色亞甲基藍、2-(N-苯基-N-甲基胺基)-6-(N-對甲苯基-N-乙基)胺基螢光黃母體、2-苯胺基-3-甲基-6-(N-乙基-對甲苯胺基)螢光黃母體、3,6-二甲氧基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-5-甲基-7-(N,N-二苄基胺基)螢光黃母體、3-(N-環己基-N-甲基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-氯螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲氧基-7-胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-(4-氯苯胺基)螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-氯螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-苄基胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7,8-苯并螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基螢光黃母體、3-哌啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-吡咯啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3,3-雙(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(1-正丁基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(對二甲基胺基苯基)-6-二甲基胺基酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基-2-乙氧基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)-4-氮雜酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯及3’,6’-雙(二苯基胺基)螺異苯并呋喃-1(3H),9’-[9H]口山口星-3-酮。Among the dye N, specific examples of the colorless compound include p,p',p"-hexamethyltriaminotriphenylmethane (colorless crystal violet), Pergascript Blue SRB (manufactured by Ciba-Geigy) , crystal violet lactone, malachite green lactone, benzoyl leuco methylene blue, 2-(N-phenyl-N-methylamino)-6-(N-p-tolyl-N-ethyl)aminofluoride Bright yellow precursor, 2-anilino-3-methyl-6-(N-ethyl-p-toluidyl) fluorescent yellow precursor, 3,6-dimethoxy fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N, N-diethylamino)-5-methyl-7-(N,N-dibenzylamino) fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N-cyclohexyl-N-methylamino)-6- Methyl-7-anilino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethyl Amino)-6-methyl-7-amino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-chloro fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N ,N-diethylamino)-6-methoxy-7-aminofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-(4-chloroanilino)fluorescence Yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-chlorofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-benzylamino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7,8-benzofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorescent Yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-stibamido fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-piperidinyl-6-methyl-7-anilino fluorescent yellow Parent, 3-pyrrolidinyl-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorescent yellow parent, 3,3-bis(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide, 3, 3-bis(1-n-butyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide, 3,3-bis(p-dimethylaminophenyl)-6-dimethylaminophthalide Esters, 3-(4-diethylamino-2-ethoxyphenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)-4-azaphthalide, 3-(4-diethylaminophenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide and 3',6'-bis(diphenylamino ) Spiroisobenzofuran-1(3H), 9'-[9H]koustar-3-one.

從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,色素N為最大吸收波長藉由自由基而發生變化之色素為較佳,藉由自由基而顯色之色素為更佳。 作為色素N,無色結晶紫、結晶紫內酯、亮綠或維多利亞純藍-萘磺酸鹽為較佳。 From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed area and the non-exposed area, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the resolution, the pigment N is preferably a pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by free radicals, and the color of the dye N is changed by free radicals. The pigment of color is better. As the dye N, leuco crystal violet, crystal violet lactone, brilliant green or Victoria pure blue-naphthalenesulfonate are preferable.

色素可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,色素的含量相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.1質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.1質量%~1質量%為特佳。 又,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,色素N的含量相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.1質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.1質量%~1質量%為特佳。 One kind of pigment may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used. From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the resolution, the content of the pigment is preferably 0.1% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, and 0.1% by mass to 0.1% by mass. 10 mass % is more preferable, 0.1 mass % - 5 mass % is still more preferable, and 0.1 mass % - 1 mass % is especially preferable. Also, from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the resolution, the content of the dye N is preferably 0.1 mass % or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, and 0.1 Mass % - 10 mass % is more preferable, 0.1 mass % - 5 mass % is still more preferable, and 0.1 mass % - 1 mass % is especially preferable.

色素N的含量係指使感光性樹脂層中所包含之所有色素N成為顯色狀態時的色素的含量。以下,以藉由自由基而顯色之色素為例子,對色素N的含量的定量方法進行說明。 製備在甲基乙基酮100mL中溶解色素0.001g或0.01g而成之兩種溶液。向所得到之各溶液中加入光自由基聚合起始劑(商品名,Irgacure OXE01,BASF Japan Ltd.),並照射365nm的光,藉此產生自由基而使所有色素成為顯色狀態。其後,在大氣環境下,使用分光光度計(UV3100,Shimadzu Corporation製造)測量液溫為25℃的各溶液的吸光度,並製作校準曲線。 接著,代替色素而將感光性樹脂層3g溶解於甲基乙基酮,除此以外,利用與上述相同的方法測量使色素全部顯色之溶液的吸光度。依據校準曲線,由所得到之含有感光性樹脂層之溶液的吸光度計算出感光性樹脂層中所包含之色素的含量。 The content of the dye N means the content of the dye when all the dye N included in the photosensitive resin layer is in a color-developed state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content of the dye N will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. Two solutions were prepared by dissolving 0.001 g or 0.01 g of the pigment in 100 mL of methyl ethyl ketone. A photoradical polymerization initiator (trade name, Irgacure OXE01, BASF Japan Ltd.) was added to each of the obtained solutions, and 365 nm light was irradiated to generate radicals to bring all the pigments into a color-developed state. Thereafter, under an atmospheric environment, the absorbance of each solution at a liquid temperature of 25° C. was measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and a calibration curve was prepared. Next, except having dissolved 3 g of photosensitive resin layers in methyl ethyl ketone instead of a dye, the absorbance of the solution which color-developed all dyes was measured by the method similar to the above. According to the calibration curve, the content of the pigment contained in the photosensitive resin layer is calculated from the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the photosensitive resin layer.

《熱交聯性化合物》 從所得到之硬化膜的強度及所得到之未硬化膜的黏結性的觀點而言,感光性樹脂層包含熱交聯性化合物為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,後述之具有乙烯性不飽和基之熱交聯性化合物不作為聚合性化合物來處理,而作為熱交聯性化合物來處理。 作為熱交聯性化合物,可以舉出羥甲基化合物及封端(block)異氰酸酯化合物。其中,從所得到之硬化膜的強度及所得到之未硬化膜的黏結性的觀點而言,封端異氰酸酯化合物為較佳。 封端異氰酸酯化合物與羥基及羧基進行反應,因此例如當樹脂及/或聚合性化合物等具有羥基及羧基中的至少一者時,所形成之膜的親水性下降,從而將使感光性樹脂層硬化而成之膜用作保護膜時的功能趨於增強。 另外,封端異氰酸酯化合物係指“具有用封端劑保護(所謂的遮蓋(mask))了異氰酸酯的異氰酸酯基之結構之化合物”。 《Heat-crosslinkable compound》 From the viewpoint of the strength of the cured film to be obtained and the adhesiveness of the uncured film to be obtained, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer contains a thermally crosslinkable compound. In addition, in this specification, the heat-crosslinkable compound which has an ethylenically unsaturated group mentioned later is not handled as a polymeric compound, but is handled as a heat-crosslinkable compound. Examples of the heat-crosslinkable compound include a methylol compound and a block (block) isocyanate compound. Among these, blocked isocyanate compounds are preferred from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. The blocked isocyanate compound reacts with the hydroxyl group and the carboxyl group. Therefore, for example, when the resin and/or polymerizable compound has at least one of the hydroxyl group and the carboxyl group, the hydrophilicity of the formed film will decrease, thereby hardening the photosensitive resin layer. The function of the resulting film when used as a protective film tends to be enhanced. In addition, the blocked isocyanate compound means "a compound having a structure in which the isocyanate group of isocyanate is protected (so-called masked) with a blocking agent."

封端異氰酸酯化合物的解離溫度並不受特別限制,但100℃~160℃為較佳,130℃~150℃為更佳。 封端異氰酸酯的解離溫度係指“使用示差掃描熱量計並藉由DSC(Differential scanning calorimetry:示差掃描熱量法)分析而測量時的伴隨封端異氰酸酯的脫保護反應之吸熱峰的溫度”。 作為示差掃描熱量計,例如能夠較佳地使用Seiko Instruments Inc.製造之示差掃描熱量計(型號:DSC6200)。但是,示差掃描熱量計並不限定於此。 The dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100°C to 160°C, more preferably 130°C to 150°C. The dissociation temperature of blocked isocyanate means "the temperature of the endothermic peak accompanying the deprotection reaction of blocked isocyanate when measured by DSC (Differential scanning calorimetry: differential scanning calorimetry) analysis using a differential scanning calorimeter". As the differential scanning calorimeter, for example, a differential scanning calorimeter manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. (model number: DSC6200) can be preferably used. However, the differential scanning calorimeter is not limited to this.

作為解離溫度為100℃~160℃的封端劑,可以舉出活性亞甲基化合物〔丙二酸二酯(丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯、丙二酸二正丁酯、丙二酸二2-乙基己酯等)〕、肟化合物(甲醛肟、乙醛肟、丙酮肟、甲基乙基酮肟及環己酮肟等在分子內具有-C(=N-OH)-所表示之結構之化合物)。 在該等之中,作為解離溫度為100℃~160℃的封端劑,例如從保存穩定性的觀點而言,包含肟化合物為較佳。 As an end-capping agent with a dissociation temperature of 100°C to 160°C, active methylene compounds [malonate diesters (dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, di-n-butyl malonate, etc. , Di2-ethylhexyl malonate, etc.)], oxime compounds (formaldehyde oxime, acetaldehyde oxime, acetone oxime, methyl ethyl ketoxime and cyclohexanone oxime, etc. have -C (=N- OH) - the compound of the structure represented). Among these, it is preferable to include an oxime compound as a blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100° C. to 160° C., for example, from the viewpoint of storage stability.

例如,從改善膜的脆性、提高與被轉印體的密接力等觀點而言,封端異氰酸酯化合物具有異氰脲酸酯結構為較佳。 具有異氰脲酸酯結構之封端異氰酸酯化合物例如藉由將六亞甲基二異氰酸酯進行異氰脲酸酯化以對其加以保護而得到。 在具有異氰脲酸酯結構之封端異氰酸酯化合物之中,從與不具有肟結構之化合物相比,容易將解離溫度設在較佳的範圍內,且容易減少顯影殘渣之觀點而言,具有將肟化合物用作封端劑之肟結構之化合物為較佳。 For example, it is preferable that the blocked isocyanate compound has an isocyanurate structure from the viewpoint of improving the brittleness of the film and improving the adhesive force with the transfer target. A blocked isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure is obtained, for example, by isocyanurating and protecting hexamethylene diisocyanate. Among blocked isocyanate compounds having an isocyanurate structure, compared with compounds not having an oxime structure, it is easier to set the dissociation temperature within a preferable range, and it is easier to reduce developing residues. A compound having an oxime structure using an oxime compound as a blocking agent is preferred.

封端異氰酸酯化合物可以具有聚合性基。 作為聚合性基,並沒有特別限制,能夠使用公知的聚合性基,自由基聚合性基為較佳。 作為聚合性基,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基及苯乙烯基等乙烯性不飽和基以及環氧丙基等具有環氧基之基。 其中,作為聚合性基,乙烯性不飽和基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳,丙烯醯氧基為進一步較佳。 The blocked isocyanate compound may have a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is not particularly limited, and known polymerizable groups can be used, and radically polymerizable groups are preferred. Examples of the polymerizable group include ethylenically unsaturated groups such as a (meth)acryloxy group, a (meth)acrylamide group, and a styryl group, and groups having an epoxy group such as a glycidyl group. Among them, as the polymerizable group, an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, a (meth)acryloxy group is more preferable, and an acryloxy group is still more preferable.

作為封端異氰酸酯化合物,能夠使用市售品。 作為封端異氰酸酯化合物的市售品的例子,可以舉出Karenz(註冊商標)AOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標)MOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標)MOI-BP等(以上為SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造)、封端型的Duranate系列(例如,Duranate(註冊商標)TPA-B80E、Duranate(註冊商標)WT32-B75P等,Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation製造)。 又,作為封端異氰酸酯化合物,亦能夠使用下述結構的化合物。 As a blocked isocyanate compound, a commercial item can be used. Examples of commercially available blocked isocyanate compounds include Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BP, etc. (the above are manufactured by SHOWA DENKO K.K.) , Duranate series of blocked type (for example, Duranate (registered trademark) TPA-B80E, Duranate (registered trademark) WT32-B75P, etc., manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation). Moreover, the compound of the following structures can also be used as a blocked isocyanate compound.

[化14] [chemical 14]

熱交聯性化合物可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 當感光性樹脂層包含熱交聯性化合物時,熱交聯性化合物的含量相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為1質量%~50質量%為較佳,5質量%~30質量%為更佳。 A heat-crosslinkable compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When the photosensitive resin layer contains a thermally crosslinkable compound, the content of the thermally crosslinkable compound is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. good.

《具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物》 正型感光性樹脂層包含具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元(以下,有時稱為“構成單元A”。)之聚合物(以下,有時稱為“聚合物X”。)為較佳。正型感光性樹脂層可以包含單獨一種聚合物X,亦可以包含兩種以上的聚合物X。 "Polymer with a constituent unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group" The positive photosensitive resin layer includes a polymer (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "polymer X") having a structural unit (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "structural unit A") having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group. .) is better. The positive photosensitive resin layer may contain a single polymer X, or may contain two or more polymers X.

在聚合物X中,被酸分解性基保護之酸基藉由由曝光產生之觸媒量的酸性物質(例如,酸)的作用而經過脫保護反應轉化為酸基。藉由在聚合物X中產生酸基,正型感光性樹脂層對顯影液的溶解性增大。In polymer X, the acid group protected by the acid decomposable group is converted into an acid group through a deprotection reaction by the action of a catalytic amount of acidic substance (for example, acid) generated by exposure. By generating an acid group in the polymer X, the solubility of the positive-type photosensitive resin layer to a developing solution increases.

聚合物X為加成聚合型的聚合物為較佳,具有來自於(甲基)丙烯酸或其酯之構成單元之聚合物為更佳。Polymer X is preferably an addition polymerization type polymer, more preferably a polymer having a constituent unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid or its ester.

-具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元- 聚合物X具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元(構成單元A)為較佳。藉由聚合物X具有構成單元A,能夠提高正型感光性樹脂層的靈敏度。 -Constituent unit having an acid group protected by an acid decomposable group- The polymer X preferably has a structural unit (constituent unit A) having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group. When polymer X has structural unit A, the sensitivity of a positive photosensitive resin layer can be improved.

作為酸基,並不受限制,能夠利用公知的酸基。酸基為羧基或酚性羥基為較佳。The acid group is not limited, and known acid groups can be used. The acidic group is preferably a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group.

作為酸分解性基,例如可以舉出藉由酸比較容易分解之基及藉由酸比較難以分解之基。作為藉由酸比較容易分解之基,例如可以舉出縮醛型保護基(例如,1-烷氧基烷基、四氫哌喃基及四氫呋喃基)。作為藉由酸比較難以分解之基,例如可以舉出三級烷基(例如,三級丁基)及三級烷氧基羰基(例如,三級丁氧基羰基)。在上述之中,酸分解性基為縮醛型保護基為較佳。As the acid-decomposable group, for example, a group that is relatively easily decomposed by an acid and a group that is relatively difficult to decompose by an acid are mentioned. Examples of groups that are relatively easily decomposed by acids include acetal-type protecting groups (for example, 1-alkoxyalkyl, tetrahydropyranyl, and tetrahydrofuranyl). Examples of groups that are relatively difficult to decompose with acids include tertiary alkyl groups (for example, tertiary butyl groups) and tertiary alkoxycarbonyl groups (for example, tertiary butoxycarbonyl groups). Among the above, the acid-decomposable group is preferably an acetal-type protecting group.

從抑制光阻圖案的線寬的偏差之觀點而言,酸分解性基的分子量為300以下為較佳。From the viewpoint of suppressing variations in the line width of the resist pattern, the molecular weight of the acid-decomposable group is preferably 300 or less.

從靈敏度及解析度的觀點而言,構成單元A為由以下式A1表示之構成單元、由式A2表示之構成單元或由式A3表示之構成單元為較佳,由式A3表示之構成單元為更佳。式A3所表示之構成單元係具有被縮醛型酸分解性基保護之羧基之構成單元。From the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, the constituent unit A is preferably a constituent unit represented by the following formula A1, a constituent unit represented by the formula A2, or a constituent unit represented by the formula A3, and the constituent unit represented by the formula A3 is better. The structural unit represented by formula A3 is a structural unit having a carboxyl group protected by an acetal-type acid-decomposable group.

[化15] [chemical 15]

式A1中,R 11及R 12分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,R 11及R 12中的至少一者為烷基或芳基,R 13表示烷基或芳基,R 11或R 12與R 13可以連結而形成環狀醚,R 14表示氫原子或甲基,X 1表示單鍵或二價的連結基,R 15表示取代基,n表示0~4的整數。 In formula A1, R 11 and R 12 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 11 and R 12 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 13 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 11 Or R 12 and R 13 can be connected to form a cyclic ether, R 14 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, R 15 represents a substituent, and n represents an integer of 0-4.

式A2中,R 21及R 22分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,R 21及R 22中的至少一者為烷基或芳基,R 23表示烷基或芳基,R 21或R 22與R 23可以連接而形成環狀醚,R 24分別獨立地表示羥基、鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基、烷氧基羰基、羥基烷基、芳基羰基、芳氧基羰基或環烷基,m表示0~3的整數。 In formula A2, R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 21 and R 22 is an alkyl or aryl group, R 23 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 21 Or R 22 and R 23 can be connected to form a cyclic ether, and R 24 independently represent hydroxyl, halogen atom, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, hydroxyalkyl , arylcarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl or cycloalkyl, m represents an integer of 0-3.

式A3中,R 31及R 32分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,R 31及R 32中的至少一者為烷基或芳基,R 33表示烷基或芳基,R 31或R 32與R 33可以連結而形成環狀醚,R 34表示氫原子或甲基,X 0表示單鍵或伸芳基。 In formula A3, R 31 and R 32 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl or an aryl group, at least one of R 31 and R 32 is an alkyl or aryl group, R 33 represents an alkyl or aryl group, R 31 Or R 32 and R 33 can be linked to form a cyclic ether, R 34 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and X 0 represents a single bond or an aryl group.

式A3中,當R 31或R 32為烷基時,碳數為1~10的烷基為較佳。 式A3中,當R 31或R 32為芳基時,苯基為較佳。 式A3中,R 31及R 32分別獨立地為氫原子或碳數1~4的烷基為較佳。 式A3中,R 33為碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。 式A3中,R 31~R 33所表示之烷基及芳基可以具有取代基。 式A3中,R 31或R 32與R 33連結而形成環狀醚為較佳。上述環狀醚的環員數為5或6為較佳,5為更佳。 式A3中,X 0為單鍵為較佳。伸芳基可以具有取代基。 式A3中,從能夠進一步降低聚合物X的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)之觀點而言,R 34為氫原子為較佳。 In formula A3, when R 31 or R 32 is an alkyl group, an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred. In formula A3, when R 31 or R 32 is aryl, phenyl is preferred. In formula A3, R 31 and R 32 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons, which is preferred. In formula A3, R 33 is preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons, more preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons. In formula A3, the alkyl and aryl groups represented by R 31 to R 33 may have substituents. In formula A3, it is preferable that R 31 or R 32 and R 33 are linked to form a cyclic ether. The number of ring members of the above-mentioned cyclic ether is preferably 5 or 6, more preferably 5. In formula A3, X 0 is preferably a single bond. The aryl group may have a substituent. In Formula A3, R 34 is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of further lowering the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer X.

式A3中的R 34為氫原子的構成單元的含量相對於聚合物X中所包含之構成單元A的總質量為20質量%以上為較佳。構成單元A中的式A3中的R 34為氫原子的構成單元的含量能夠利用依據 13C-核磁共振光譜(NMR)測量藉由常規方法計算出之峰值強度的強度比來確認。 The content of the structural unit in which R34 is a hydrogen atom in the formula A3 is preferably 20% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the structural unit A contained in the polymer X. The content of the constituent unit in which R 34 in the formula A3 in the constituent unit A is a hydrogen atom can be confirmed by the intensity ratio of the peak intensity calculated by a conventional method based on 13 C-nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) measurement.

關於式A1~式A3的較佳態樣,能夠參閱國際公開第2018/179640號的0044段落~0058段落。For preferred aspects of Formula A1 to Formula A3, refer to paragraphs 0044 to 0058 of International Publication No. 2018/179640.

式A1~式A3中,從靈敏度的觀點而言,酸分解性基為具有環狀結構之基為較佳,具有四氫呋喃環結構或四氫吡喃環結構之基為更佳,具有四氫呋喃環結構之基為進一步較佳,四氫呋喃基為特佳。In Formula A1 to Formula A3, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, the acid-decomposable group is preferably a group having a ring structure, more preferably a group having a tetrahydrofuran ring structure or a tetrahydropyran ring structure, and a group having a tetrahydrofuran ring structure A group is further preferred, and a tetrahydrofuryl group is particularly preferred.

聚合物X可以具有單獨一種構成單元A,亦可以具有兩種以上的構成單元A。The polymer X may have a single type of structural unit A, or may have two or more types of structural unit A.

構成單元A的含量相對於聚合物X的總質量為10質量%~70質量%為較佳,15質量%~50質量%為更佳,20質量%~40質量%為特佳。藉由構成單元A的含量在上述範圍內,解析度進一步提高。當聚合物X包含兩種以上的構成單元A時,上述構成單元A的含量表示兩種以上的構成單元A的總含量。構成單元A的含量能夠利用依據 13C-NMR測量藉由常規方法計算出之峰值強度的強度比來確認。 The content of the constituent unit A is preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass to 50% by mass, and particularly preferably 20% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer X. When the content of the structural unit A is within the above range, the resolution is further improved. When the polymer X contains two or more structural units A, the above-mentioned content of the structural units A means the total content of the two or more structural units A. The content of the constituent unit A can be confirmed by the intensity ratio of the peak intensity calculated by a conventional method from 13 C-NMR measurement.

-具有酸基之構成單元- 聚合物X可以含有具有酸基之構成單元(以下,亦稱為“構成單元B”。)。 -Constituent units with acid groups- The polymer X may contain a structural unit (hereinafter also referred to as "structural unit B") having an acid group.

構成單元B係具有未被酸分解性基保護之酸基亦即不具有保護基之酸基之構成單元。藉由聚合物X具有構成單元B,圖案形成時的靈敏度變得良好。又,由於在曝光後的顯影步驟中容易溶解於鹼性的顯影液中,因此能夠實現顯影時間的縮短化。The structural unit B is a structural unit having an acid group not protected by an acid decomposable group, that is, an acid group not having a protecting group. When the polymer X has the structural unit B, the sensitivity at the time of pattern formation becomes favorable. Moreover, since it dissolves easily in the alkaline developing solution in the developing process after exposure, shortening of developing time can be aimed at.

構成單元B中的酸基係指pKa為12以下的質子解離性基。從提高靈敏度之觀點而言,酸基的pKa為10以下為較佳,6以下為更佳。又,酸基的pKa為-5以上為較佳。The acid group in the structural unit B refers to a proton-dissociating group with a pKa of 12 or less. From the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity, the pKa of the acid group is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 6 or less. Also, the pKa of the acid group is preferably -5 or more.

作為酸基,例如可以舉出羧基、磺醯胺基、膦酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基及磺醯基醯亞胺基。酸基為羧基或酚性羥基為較佳,羧基為更佳。Examples of acid groups include carboxyl groups, sulfonamide groups, phosphonic acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, phenolic hydroxyl groups, and sulfonyl imide groups. The acid group is preferably a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group, more preferably a carboxyl group.

聚合物X可以具有單獨一種構成單元B,亦可以具有兩種以上的構成單元B。The polymer X may have a single type of structural unit B, or may have two or more types of structural unit B.

構成單元B的含量相對於聚合物X的總質量為0.01質量%~20質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為特佳。藉由構成單元B的含量在上述範圍內,解析性變得更良好。當聚合物X具有兩種以上的構成單元B時,上述構成單元B的含量表示兩種以上的構成單元B的總含量。構成單元B的含量能夠利用依據 13C-NMR測量藉由常規方法計算出之峰值強度的強度比來確認。 The content of the constituent unit B is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer X. When content of structural unit B exists in the said range, resolution becomes more favorable. When the polymer X has two or more structural units B, the above-mentioned content of the structural unit B means the total content of the two or more structural units B. The content of the constituent unit B can be confirmed by the intensity ratio of the peak intensity calculated by a conventional method from 13 C-NMR measurement.

-其他構成單元- 聚合物X具有除已敘述的構成單元A及構成單元B以外的其他構成單元(以下,有時稱為“構成單元C”。)為較佳。藉由製備構成單元C的種類及含量中的至少一者,能夠調整聚合物X的諸多特性。藉由聚合物X具有構成單元C,能夠輕易調整聚合物X的玻璃轉移溫度、酸值及親疏水性。 -Other constituent units- It is preferable that the polymer X has another structural unit (hereinafter, may be referred to as "structural unit C") other than the above-described structural unit A and structural unit B. Various properties of the polymer X can be adjusted by preparing at least one of the type and content of the constituent unit C. Since the polymer X has the constituent unit C, the glass transition temperature, acid value, and hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity of the polymer X can be easily adjusted.

作為形成構成單元C之單體,例如可以舉出苯乙烯類、(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環狀烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯、不飽和二羧酸二酯、雙環不飽和化合物、順丁烯二醯亞胺化合物、不飽和芳香族化合物、共軛二烯系化合物、不飽和單羧酸、不飽和二羧酸及不飽和二羧酸酐。Examples of monomers forming the constituent unit C include styrenes, alkyl (meth)acrylates, cyclic alkyl (meth)acrylates, aryl (meth)acrylates, unsaturated dicarboxylic Acid diesters, bicyclic unsaturated compounds, maleimide compounds, unsaturated aromatic compounds, conjugated diene compounds, unsaturated monocarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic acids and unsaturated dicarboxylic anhydrides.

從與基板的密接性的觀點而言,形成構成單元C之單體為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯為較佳,具有碳數4~12的烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯為更佳。作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯及(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯。From the viewpoint of adhesion to the substrate, the monomer forming the constituent unit C is preferably an alkyl (meth)acrylate, and the alkyl (meth)acrylate having an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbons is better. Examples of alkyl (meth)acrylates include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate and (meth)acrylate ) 2-ethylhexyl acrylate.

作為構成單元C,可以舉出來自於苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、甲氧基苯乙烯、乙氧基苯乙烯、氯苯乙烯、乙烯基苯甲酸甲酯、乙烯基苯甲酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、丙烯腈或乙二醇單乙醯乙酸酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元。作為構成單元C,還可以舉出來自於日本特開2004-264623號公報的0021段落~0024段落中所記載之化合物之構成單元。As the constituent unit C, styrene, α-methylstyrene, acetyloxystyrene, methoxystyrene, ethoxystyrene, chlorostyrene, methyl vinylbenzoate, Ethyl Vinyl Benzoate, Methyl (Meth)acrylate, Ethyl (Meth)acrylate, n-Propyl (Meth)acrylate, Isopropyl (Meth)acrylate, n-Butyl (Meth)acrylate, 2-Ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-Hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-Hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, Benzyl (meth)acrylate, Cyclopentyl (meth)acrylate , a constituent unit of cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, acrylonitrile or ethylene glycol monoacetyl acetate mono(meth)acrylate. As the structural unit C, structural units derived from the compounds described in paragraphs 0021 to 0024 of JP-A-2004-264623 may also be mentioned.

從解析性的觀點而言,構成單元C包含具有鹼性基之構成單元為較佳。作為鹼性基,例如可以舉出具有氮原子之基。作為具有氮原子之基,例如可以舉出脂肪族胺基、芳香族胺基及含氮雜芳香環基。鹼性基為脂肪族胺基為較佳。From an analytical point of view, it is preferable that the structural unit C includes a structural unit having a basic group. As a basic group, the group which has a nitrogen atom is mentioned, for example. Examples of the group having a nitrogen atom include aliphatic amine groups, aromatic amine groups, and nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic ring groups. The basic group is preferably an aliphatic amine group.

作為脂肪族胺基,可以為一級胺基、二級胺基及三級胺基中的任一種,但從解析性的觀點而言,二級胺基或三級胺基為較佳。The aliphatic amine group may be any of a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, and a tertiary amine group, but a secondary amine group or a tertiary amine group is preferable from an analytical viewpoint.

作為形成具有鹼性基之構成單元之單體,例如可以舉出甲基丙烯酸1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶酯、甲基丙烯酸2-(二甲基胺基)乙酯、丙烯酸2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶酯、甲基丙烯酸2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶酯、丙烯酸2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶酯、甲基丙烯酸2-(二乙基胺基)乙酯、丙烯酸2-(二甲基胺基)乙酯、丙烯酸2-(二乙基胺基)乙酯、甲基丙烯酸N-(3-二甲基胺基)丙酯、丙烯酸N-(3-二甲基胺基)丙酯、甲基丙烯酸N-(3-二乙基胺基)丙酯、丙烯酸N-(3-二乙基胺基)丙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-(二異丙基胺基)乙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-口末啉基乙酯、丙烯酸2-口末啉基乙酯、N-[3-(二甲基胺基)丙基]丙烯醯胺、4-胺基苯乙烯、4-乙烯基吡啶、2-乙烯基吡啶、3-乙烯基吡啶、1-乙烯基咪唑、2-甲基-1-乙烯基咪唑、1-烯丙基咪唑及1-乙烯基-1,2,4-三唑。在上述之中,甲基丙烯酸1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶酯為較佳。Examples of monomers that form constituent units having a basic group include 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl methacrylate, 2-(dimethylamine methacrylate) base) ethyl ester, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl acrylate, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl methacrylate, 2,2, 6,6-Tetramethyl-4-piperidinate, 2-(diethylamino)ethyl methacrylate, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl acrylate, 2-(diethylamino)acrylate base) ethyl ester, N-(3-dimethylamino)propyl methacrylate, N-(3-dimethylamino)propyl methacrylate, N-(3-diethylamino)methacrylate ) propyl ester, N-(3-diethylamino)propyl acrylate, 2-(diisopropylamino)ethyl methacrylate, 2-portolinoethyl methacrylate, 2-acrylic acid Porphyrinyl ethyl ester, N-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]acrylamide, 4-aminostyrene, 4-vinylpyridine, 2-vinylpyridine, 3-vinylpyridine , 1-vinylimidazole, 2-methyl-1-vinylimidazole, 1-allylimidazole and 1-vinyl-1,2,4-triazole. Among the above, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl methacrylate is preferable.

又,作為構成單元C,從提高電特性之觀點而言,具有芳香環之構成單元或具有脂肪族環式骨架之構成單元為較佳。作為形成該等構成單元之單體,例如可以舉出苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯及(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯。在上述之中,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯為較佳。Also, as the structural unit C, a structural unit having an aromatic ring or a structural unit having an aliphatic ring skeleton is preferable from the viewpoint of improving electrical characteristics. Examples of monomers forming these structural units include styrene, α-methylstyrene, dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate esters, isocamphoryl (meth)acrylate and benzyl (meth)acrylate. Among the above, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate is preferable.

聚合物X可以具有單獨一種構成單元C,亦可以具有兩種以上的構成單元C。The polymer X may have a single type of structural unit C, or may have two or more types of structural unit C.

構成單元C的含量相對於聚合物X的總質量為90質量%以下為較佳,85質量%以下為更佳,80質量%以下為特佳。構成單元C的含量相對於聚合物X的總質量為10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳。藉由構成單元C的含量在上述範圍內,解析度及與基板的密接性進一步提高。當聚合物X具有兩種以上的構成單元C時,上述構成單元C的含量表示兩種以上的構成單元C的總含量。構成單元C的含量能夠利用依據 13C-NMR測量藉由常規方法計算出之峰值強度的強度比來確認。 The content of the constituent unit C is preferably at most 90% by mass, more preferably at most 85% by mass, and particularly preferably at most 80% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer X. The content of the constituent unit C is preferably at least 10% by mass, more preferably at least 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer X. When the content of the constituent unit C is within the above range, the resolution and the adhesiveness with the substrate are further improved. When the polymer X has two or more structural units C, the above-mentioned content of the structural units C means the total content of the two or more structural units C. The content of the constituent unit C can be confirmed by the intensity ratio of the peak intensity calculated by a conventional method from 13 C-NMR measurement.

以下示出聚合物X的較佳例。但是,聚合物X並不限於以下例示。另外,為了得到較佳的物性,可以分別適當選擇下述所示之聚合物X中的各構成單元的比率及重量平均分子量。Preferred examples of the polymer X are shown below. However, the polymer X is not limited to the following examples. In addition, in order to obtain preferable physical properties, the ratio and weight average molecular weight of each constituent unit in the polymer X shown below can be appropriately selected, respectively.

[化16] [chemical 16]

-玻璃轉移溫度- 聚合物X的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)為90℃以下為較佳,20℃~60℃為更佳,30℃~50℃為特佳。當正型感光性樹脂層使用後述之轉印材料來形成時,藉由聚合物X的玻璃轉移溫度在上述範圍內,能夠提高正型感光性樹脂層的轉印性。 -Glass transition temperature- The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer X is preferably 90°C or lower, more preferably 20°C to 60°C, and most preferably 30°C to 50°C. When the positive-type photosensitive resin layer is formed using a transfer material described later, the transferability of the positive-type photosensitive resin layer can be improved because the glass transition temperature of the polymer X is within the above-mentioned range.

作為將聚合物X的Tg調整在上述範圍內之方法,例如可以舉出使用FOX式之方法。依FOX式,例如能夠依據目標聚合物X中的各構成單元的均聚物的Tg及各構成單元的質量分率來調整目標聚合物X的Tg。As a method of adjusting the Tg of the polymer X within the above-mentioned range, for example, a method using the FOX formula is mentioned. According to the FOX formula, for example, the Tg of the target polymer X can be adjusted according to the Tg of the homopolymer of each structural unit in the target polymer X and the mass fraction of each structural unit.

以下,關於FOX式,使用具有第一構成單元及第二構成單元之共聚物作為例子進行說明。 當將第一構成單元的均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度設為Tg1、共聚物中的第一構成單元的質量分率設為W1、第二構成單元的均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度設為Tg2、共聚物中的第二構成單元的質量分率設為W2時,具有第一構成單元及第二構成單元之共聚物的玻璃轉移溫度Tg0(單位:K)能夠按照以下式來推斷。 FOX式:1/Tg0=(W1/Tg1)+(W2/Tg2) Hereinafter, the FOX formula will be described using a copolymer having a first structural unit and a second structural unit as an example. When the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the first structural unit is set as Tg1, the mass fraction of the first structural unit in the copolymer is set as W1, and the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the second structural unit is set as Tg2, When the mass fraction of the second structural unit in the copolymer is W2, the glass transition temperature Tg0 (unit: K) of the copolymer having the first structural unit and the second structural unit can be estimated according to the following formula. FOX formula: 1/Tg0=(W1/Tg1)+(W2/Tg2)

又,亦能夠藉由調整聚合物的重量平均分子量來調整聚合物的Tg。Moreover, Tg of a polymer can also be adjusted by adjusting the weight average molecular weight of a polymer.

-酸值- 從解析性的觀點而言,聚合物X的酸值為0mgKOH/g~50mgKOH/g為較佳,0mgKOH/g~20mgKOH/g為更佳,0mgKOH/g~10mgKOH/g為特佳。 -acid value- From an analytical point of view, the acid value of the polymer X is preferably 0 mgKOH/g to 50 mgKOH/g, more preferably 0 mgKOH/g to 20 mgKOH/g, and most preferably 0 mgKOH/g to 10 mgKOH/g.

聚合物的酸值表示為了中和聚合物每1g中的酸性成分所需要之氫氧化鉀的質量。以下說明具體的測量方法。首先,將測量試樣溶解於包含四氫呋喃及水之混合溶劑(體積比:四氫呋喃/水=9/1)中。使用電位差滴定裝置(例如,商品名:AT-510,KYOTO ELECTRONICS MANUFACTURING CO.,LTD.製造),將所得到之溶液在25℃下用0.1mol/L氫氧化鈉水溶液進行中和滴定。將滴定pH曲線的拐點作為滴定終點,藉由下式計算出酸值。 A=56.11×Vs×0.1×f/w A:酸值(mgKOH/g) Vs:滴定所需要之0.1mol/L氫氧化鈉水溶液的使用量(mL) f:0.1mol/L氫氧化鈉水溶液的滴定量 w:測量試樣的質量(g)(固體成分換算) The acid value of the polymer indicates the mass of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acidic component in 1 g of the polymer. A specific measurement method will be described below. First, a measurement sample is dissolved in a mixed solvent containing tetrahydrofuran and water (volume ratio: tetrahydrofuran/water=9/1). Using a potentiometric titration device (for example, trade name: AT-510, manufactured by KYOTO ELECTRONICS MANUFACTURING CO., LTD.), the resulting solution was subjected to neutralization titration at 25°C with a 0.1 mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution. The inflection point of the titration pH curve was used as the titration end point, and the acid value was calculated by the following formula. A=56.11×Vs×0.1×f/w A: acid value (mgKOH/g) Vs: the amount of 0.1mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution required for titration (mL) f: Titration of 0.1mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution w: Mass of the measurement sample (g) (solid content conversion)

-重量平均分子量- 聚合物X的重量平均分子量(Mw)以聚苯乙烯換算重量平均分子量計為60,000以下為較佳。當正型感光性樹脂層使用後述之轉印材料來形成時,藉由聚合物X的重量平均分子量為60,000以下,能夠在低溫(例如,130℃以下)下轉印正型感光性樹脂層。 -Weight average molecular weight- The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer X is preferably 60,000 or less in terms of polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight. When the positive photosensitive resin layer is formed using a transfer material described later, the positive photosensitive resin layer can be transferred at low temperature (for example, 130° C. or lower) because the weight average molecular weight of the polymer X is 60,000 or less.

聚合物X的重量平均分子量為2,000~60,000為較佳,3,000~50,000為更佳。The weight average molecular weight of the polymer X is preferably from 2,000 to 60,000, more preferably from 3,000 to 50,000.

聚合物X的數量平均分子量與重量平均分子量之比(分散度)為1.0~5.0為較佳,1.05~3.5為更佳。The ratio (degree of dispersion) of the number average molecular weight to the weight average molecular weight of the polymer X is preferably from 1.0 to 5.0, more preferably from 1.05 to 3.5.

聚合物X的重量平均分子量藉由GPC(凝膠滲透層析法)進行測量。作為測量裝置,能夠使用各種市售的裝置。以下,對基於GPC之聚合物X的重量平均分子量的測量方法進行具體說明。 作為測量裝置,使用HLC(註冊商標)-8220GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製造)。 作為管柱,使用將TSKgel(註冊商標)Super HZM-M(4.6mmID×15cm,TOSOH CORPORATION製造)、Super HZ4000(4.6mmID×15cm,TOSOH CORPORATION製造)、Super HZ3000(4.6mmID×15cm,TOSOH CORPORATION製造)及Super HZ2000(4.6mmID×15cm,TOSOH CORPORATION製造)分別串聯連結各1根而成者。 作為洗提液,使用THF(四氫呋喃)。 關於測量條件,將試樣濃度設為0.2質量%,將流速設為0.35mL/min,將樣品注入量設為10μL且將測量溫度設為40℃。 作為檢測器,使用示差折射率(RI)檢測器。 校準曲線使用TOSOH CORPORATION製造之“標準試樣TSK standard,polystyrene”:“F-40”、“F-20”、“F-4”、“F-1”、“A-5000”、“A-2500”及“A-1000”這7個樣品中的任一者來製作。 The weight average molecular weight of Polymer X is measured by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography). As the measuring device, various commercially available devices can be used. Hereinafter, the measurement method of the weight average molecular weight of the polymer X by GPC is demonstrated concretely. As a measuring device, HLC (registered trademark)-8220GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) was used. As the column, TSKgel (registered trademark) Super HZM-M (4.6mmID×15cm, manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), Super HZ4000 (4.6mmID×15cm, manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), Super HZ3000 (4.6mmID×15cm, manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) were used ) and Super HZ2000 (4.6mmID x 15cm, manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) are connected in series, one each. As an eluent, THF (tetrahydrofuran) was used. Regarding the measurement conditions, the sample concentration was set to 0.2% by mass, the flow rate was set to 0.35 mL/min, the sample injection volume was set to 10 μL, and the measurement temperature was set to 40° C. As a detector, a differential refractive index (RI) detector is used. The calibration curve uses "standard sample TSK standard, polystyrene" manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION: "F-40", "F-20", "F-4", "F-1", "A-5000", "A- 2500" and "A-1000" for any one of the 7 samples.

-含量- 從高解析性的觀點而言,聚合物X的含量相對於正型感光性樹脂層的總質量為50質量%~99.9質量%為較佳,70質量%~98質量%為更佳。 -content- From the viewpoint of high resolution, the content of the polymer X is preferably 50% by mass to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 70% by mass to 98% by mass, based on the total mass of the positive photosensitive resin layer.

-製造方法- 作為聚合物X之製造方法,並不受限制,能夠利用公知的方法。例如,在有機溶劑中,能夠使用聚合起始劑,藉由使用以形成構成單元A之單體以及根據需要之用以形成構成單元B之單體及用以形成構成單元C之單體進行聚合來製造聚合物X。又,聚合物X亦能夠藉由所謂的高分子反應來製造。 -Manufacturing method- The method for producing the polymer X is not limited, and known methods can be used. For example, in an organic solvent, it is possible to polymerize by using a monomer for forming the constituent unit A and, if necessary, a monomer for forming the constituent unit B and a monomer for forming the constituent unit C using a polymerization initiator to make Polymer X. In addition, the polymer X can also be produced by a so-called polymer reaction.

《其他聚合物》 當正型感光性樹脂層包含具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物時,除了具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物以外,還可以包含不具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物(以下,有時稱為“其他聚合物”。)。 "Other Polymers" When the positive photosensitive resin layer includes a polymer having a constituent unit having an acid group protected by an acid decomposable group, in addition to the polymer having a constituent unit having an acid group protected by an acid decomposable group, it may also contain A polymer that does not have a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group (hereinafter, may be referred to as "other polymers").

作為其他聚合物,例如可以舉出聚羥基苯乙烯。作為聚羥基苯乙烯的市售品,可以舉出Sartomer Company, Inc.製造之SMA 1000P、SMA 2000P、SMA 3000P、SMA 1440F、SMA 17352P、SMA 2625P及SMA 3840F、TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造之ARUFON UC-3000、ARUFON UC-3510、ARUFON UC-3900、ARUFON UC-3910、ARUFON UC-3920及ARUFON UC-3080以及BASF公司製造之Joncryl 690、Joncryl 678、Joncryl 67及Joncryl 586。As another polymer, polyhydroxystyrene is mentioned, for example. Examples of commercially available polyhydroxystyrene include SMA 1000P, SMA 2000P, SMA 3000P, SMA 1440F, SMA 17352P, SMA 2625P, and SMA 3840F manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc., and ARUFON manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. UC-3000, ARUFON UC-3510, ARUFON UC-3900, ARUFON UC-3910, ARUFON UC-3920 and ARUFON UC-3080, and Joncryl 690, Joncryl 678, Joncryl 67 and Joncryl 586 manufactured by BASF Corporation.

正型感光性樹脂層可以包含單獨一種其他聚合物,亦可以包含兩種以上的其他聚合物。The positive photosensitive resin layer may contain one kind of other polymer alone, or may contain two or more kinds of other polymers.

當正型感光性樹脂層包含其他聚合物時,其他聚合物的含量相對於聚合物成分的總質量為50質量%以下為較佳,30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為特佳。When the positive photosensitive resin layer contains other polymers, the content of the other polymers is preferably at most 50% by mass, more preferably at most 30% by mass, and most preferably at most 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer components. .

在本揭示中,“聚合物成分”係指正型感光性樹脂層中所包含之所有聚合物的總稱。例如,當正型感光性樹脂層包含聚合物X和其他聚合物時,將聚合物X及其他聚合物統稱為“聚合物成分”。另外,對應於後述之交聯劑、分散劑及界面活性劑之化合物即使為高分子化合物,亦不包括在聚合物成分中。In the present disclosure, "polymer component" is a general term for all polymers contained in the positive photosensitive resin layer. For example, when the positive photosensitive resin layer contains polymer X and other polymers, polymer X and other polymers are collectively referred to as "polymer components". In addition, compounds corresponding to crosslinking agents, dispersants, and surfactants described later are not included in the polymer component even if they are polymer compounds.

聚合物成分的含量相對於正型感光性樹脂層的總質量為50質量%~99.9質量%為較佳,70質量%~98質量%為更佳。The content of the polymer component is preferably 50% by mass to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 70% by mass to 98% by mass, relative to the total mass of the positive photosensitive resin layer.

《鹼可溶性樹脂(正型)》 正型感光性樹脂層包含鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳,包含鹼可溶性樹脂及醌二疊氮化合物為更佳,包含具備具有酚性羥基之構成單元之樹脂及醌二疊氮化合物為特佳。 "Alkali-soluble resin (positive type)" The positive photosensitive resin layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin, more preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin and a quinonediazide compound, and particularly preferably contains a resin having a constituent unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a quinonediazide compound.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,例如可以舉出在主鏈或側鏈中具有羥基、羧基或磺酸基之樹脂。作為鹼可溶性樹脂,例如可以舉出聚醯胺樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯、聚羥基苯乙烯的衍生物、苯乙烯-順丁烯二酸酐共聚物、聚乙烯基羥基苯甲酸酯、含有羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂及酚醛清漆樹脂。作為較佳的鹼可溶性樹脂,例如可以舉出間-/對-混合甲酚與甲醛的縮聚物,以及苯酚、甲酚及甲醛的縮聚物。As an alkali-soluble resin, the resin which has a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, or a sulfonic acid group in a main chain or a side chain is mentioned, for example. Examples of alkali-soluble resins include polyamide resins, polyhydroxystyrene, derivatives of polyhydroxystyrene, styrene-maleic anhydride copolymers, polyvinyl hydroxybenzoate, carboxyl group-containing (meth)acrylic resins and novolac resins. Preferable alkali-soluble resins include, for example, polycondensates of m-/p-mixed cresol and formaldehyde, and polycondensates of phenol, cresol, and formaldehyde.

鹼可溶性樹脂可以具有酚性羥基(-Ar-OH)、羧基(-CO 2H)、磺酸基(-SO 3H)、磷酸基(-OPO 3H)、磺醯胺基(-SO 2NH-R)或經取代之磺醯胺系酸基(例如,活性醯亞胺基、-SO 2NHCOR、-SO 2NHSO 2R及-CONHSO 2R)。在此,Ar表示可以具有取代基之2價的芳基,R表示可以具有取代基之烴基。 Alkali-soluble resins can have phenolic hydroxyl groups (-Ar-OH), carboxyl groups (-CO 2 H), sulfonic acid groups (-SO 3 H), phosphoric acid groups (-OPO 3 H), sulfonamide groups (-SO 2 NH-R) or substituted sulfonamide-based acid groups (eg, activated imide, -SO 2 NHCOR, -SO 2 NHSO 2 R, and -CONHSO 2 R). Here, Ar represents a divalent aryl group which may have a substituent, and R represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.

酚醛清漆樹脂例如藉由使酚系化合物與醛化合物在酸觸媒的存在下縮合而得到。作為酚系化合物,例如可以舉出鄰-、間-或對-甲酚、2,5-、3,5-或3,4-二甲苯酚(xylenol)、2,3,5-三甲基苯酚、2-三級丁基-5-甲基苯酚及三級丁基氫醌。作為醛化合物,例如可以舉出脂肪族醛類(例如,甲醛、乙醛及乙二醛(glyoxal))及芳香族醛類(例如,苯甲醛及柳醛(salicylaldehyde))。作為酸觸媒,例如可以舉出無機酸(例如,鹽酸、硫酸及磷酸)、有機酸(例如,草酸、乙酸及對甲苯磺酸)及二價金屬鹽(例如,乙酸鋅)。縮合反應能夠按照常規方法來進行。縮合反應例如在60℃~120℃的範圍的溫度且2小時~30小時的條件下進行。縮合反應可以在適當的溶劑中進行。The novolac resin is obtained, for example, by condensing a phenolic compound and an aldehyde compound in the presence of an acid catalyst. Examples of phenolic compounds include o-, m-, or p-cresol, 2,5-, 3,5-, or 3,4-xylenol, 2,3,5-trimethyl Phenol, 2-tertiary butyl-5-methylphenol and tertiary butylhydroquinone. Examples of the aldehyde compound include aliphatic aldehydes (for example, formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, and glyoxal) and aromatic aldehydes (for example, benzaldehyde and salicylaldehyde). Examples of the acid catalyst include inorganic acids (eg, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, and phosphoric acid), organic acids (eg, oxalic acid, acetic acid, and p-toluenesulfonic acid), and divalent metal salts (eg, zinc acetate). The condensation reaction can be performed according to a conventional method. The condensation reaction is performed, for example, at a temperature in the range of 60° C. to 120° C. for 2 hours to 30 hours. The condensation reaction can be carried out in a suitable solvent.

其中,作為鹼可溶性樹脂,酚醛清漆樹脂等具備具有酚性羥基之構成單元之樹脂為較佳。Among them, as the alkali-soluble resin, a resin having a constituent unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group, such as a novolak resin, is preferable.

從圖案形成性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量為5.0×10 2~2.0×10 5為較佳。從圖案形成性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂的數量平均分子量為2.0×10 2~1.0×10 5為較佳。 From the viewpoint of pattern formation, the weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 5.0×10 2 to 2.0×10 5 . From the viewpoint of pattern formation, the number average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 2.0×10 2 to 1.0×10 5 .

例如,可以併用美國專利第4123279號說明書中所記載之、三級丁基苯酚與甲醛的縮聚物及辛基苯酚與甲醛的縮聚物之類的具有碳數為3~8的烷基作為取代基之酚與甲醛的縮聚物。亦可以併用美國專利第4123279號說明書中所記載之、三級丁基苯酚甲醛樹脂及辛基苯酚甲醛樹脂之類的具有碳數為3~8的烷基作為取代基之酚與甲醛的縮合物。For example, an alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as the polycondensate of tertiary butylphenol and formaldehyde and the polycondensate of octylphenol and formaldehyde described in US Patent No. 4123279 can be used in combination as a substituent. Polycondensation of phenol and formaldehyde. Condensates of phenol and formaldehyde having an alkyl group with a carbon number of 3 to 8 as a substituent such as tertiary butylphenol formaldehyde resin and octylphenol formaldehyde resin described in US Patent No. 4123279 can also be used together. .

正型感光性樹脂層可以包含單獨一種或兩種以上的鹼可溶性樹脂。 鹼可溶性樹脂的含量相對於正型感光性樹脂層的總質量為30質量%~99.9質量%為較佳,40質量%~99.5質量%為更佳,70質量%~99質量%為特佳。 The positive photosensitive resin layer may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of alkali-soluble resins. The content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30% by mass to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 40% by mass to 99.5% by mass, and most preferably 70% by mass to 99% by mass, based on the total mass of the positive photosensitive resin layer.

《光酸產生劑》 正型感光性樹脂層包含光酸產生劑作為感光性化合物為較佳。光酸產生劑係能夠藉由活性光線(例如,紫外線、遠紫外線、X射線及電子束)的照射而產生酸之化合物。 "Photoacid Generator" The positive photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a photoacid generator as a photosensitive compound. A photoacid generator is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with active light rays (eg, ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and electron beams).

作為光酸產生劑,藉由感應於波長300nm以上、較佳為波長300nm~450nm的活性光線而產生酸之化合物為較佳。又,關於不直接感應於波長300nm以上的活性光線之光酸產生劑,只要為藉由與增感劑併用而感應於波長300nm以上的活性光線從而產生酸之化合物,則亦能夠與增感劑組合而較佳地使用。As the photoacid generator, a compound that generates acid by sensing active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably with a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm is preferred. In addition, as for the photoacid generator that does not directly respond to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, as long as it is a compound that generates an acid in response to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more by using it in combination with a sensitizer, it can also be combined with the sensitizer. It is better to use in combination.

光酸產生劑為產生pKa為4以下的酸之光酸產生劑為較佳,產生pKa為3以下的酸之光酸產生劑為更佳,產生pKa為2以下的酸之光酸產生劑為特佳。來自於光酸產生劑之酸的pKa的下限並不受限制。來自於光酸產生劑之酸的pKa例如為-10.0以上為較佳。The photoacid generator is preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid with a pKa of 4 or less, more preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid with a pKa of 3 or less, and a photoacid generator that generates an acid with a pKa of 2 or less is Excellent. The lower limit of the pKa of the acid derived from the photoacid generator is not limited. The pKa of the acid derived from the photoacid generator is preferably -10.0 or more, for example.

作為光酸產生劑,例如可以舉出離子性光酸產生劑及非離子性光酸產生劑。As a photoacid generator, an ionic photoacid generator and a nonionic photoacid generator are mentioned, for example.

作為離子性光酸產生劑,例如可以舉出鎓鹽化合物。作為鎓鹽化合物,例如可以舉出二芳基錪鹽化合物、三芳基鋶鹽化合物及四級銨鹽化合物。離子性光酸產生劑為鎓鹽化合物為較佳,三芳基鋶鹽化合物及二芳基錪鹽化合物中的至少一者為特佳。As an ionic photoacid generator, an onium salt compound is mentioned, for example. Examples of the onium salt compound include diaryl onium salt compounds, triaryl permedium salt compounds, and quaternary ammonium salt compounds. The ionic photoacid generator is preferably an onium salt compound, and particularly preferably at least one of a triarylconium salt compound and a diaryliodonium salt compound.

作為離子性光酸產生劑,還能夠較佳地使用日本特開2014-85643號公報的0114段落~0133段落中所記載之離子性光酸產生劑。As the ionic photoacid generator, those described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of JP-A-2014-85643 can also be preferably used.

作為非離子性光酸產生劑,例如可以舉出三氯甲基-s-三𠯤化合物、重氮甲烷化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物。從靈敏度、解析度及與基板的密接性的觀點而言,非離子性光酸產生劑為肟磺酸鹽化合物為較佳。Examples of nonionic photoacid generators include trichloromethyl-s-trisulphonate compounds, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. It is preferable that the nonionic photoacid generator is an oxime sulfonate compound from the viewpoint of sensitivity, resolution, and adhesion to a substrate.

作為三氯甲基-s-三𠯤化合物、重氮甲烷化合物及醯亞胺基磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可以舉出日本特開2011-221494號公報的0083段落~0088段落中所記載之化合物。Specific examples of the trichloromethyl-s-trisulfone compound, the diazomethane compound, and the imidosulfonate compound include those described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-221494. compound.

作為肟磺酸鹽化合物,能夠較佳地使用國際公開第2018/179640號的0084段落~0088段落中所記載者。As the oxime sulfonate compound, those described in paragraphs 0084 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 can be preferably used.

從靈敏度及解析度的觀點而言,光酸產生劑為選自包括鎓鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳,肟磺酸鹽化合物為更佳。From the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, the photoacid generator is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of onium salt compounds and oxime sulfonate compounds, more preferably oxime sulfonate compounds.

作為光酸產生劑的較佳例,可以舉出具有以下結構之光酸產生劑。As a preferable example of a photoacid generator, the photoacid generator which has the following structure is mentioned.

[化17] [chemical 17]

作為在波長405nm處具有吸收之光酸產生劑,例如可以舉出ADEKA ARKLS(註冊商標)SP-601(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)。As a photoacid generator which has absorption in wavelength 405nm, ADEKA ARKLS (trademark) SP-601 (made by ADEKA CORPORATION) is mentioned, for example.

從耐熱性及尺寸穩定性的觀點而言,正型感光性樹脂層包含醌二疊氮化合物作為酸產生劑(較佳為光酸產生劑)為較佳。 醌二疊氮化合物例如能夠藉由使具有酚性羥基之化合物與醌二疊氮磺醯鹵在脫鹵化氫劑的存在下進行縮合反應來合成。 From the viewpoint of heat resistance and dimensional stability, it is preferable that the positive photosensitive resin layer contains a quinonediazide compound as an acid generator (preferably a photoacid generator). The quinonediazide compound can be synthesized, for example, by subjecting a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a quinonediazidesulfonyl halide to a condensation reaction in the presence of a dehydrohalogenating agent.

作為醌二疊氮化合物,例如可以舉出1,2-苯醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺酸酯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-6-磺酸酯、2,1-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯、2,1-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺酸酯、2,1-萘醌二疊氮-6-磺酸酯、其他醌二疊氮衍生物的磺酸酯、1,2-苯醌二疊氮-4-磺酸醯氯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸醯氯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺酸醯氯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-6-磺酸醯氯、2,1-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸醯氯、2,1-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺酸醯氯及2,1-萘醌二疊氮-6-磺酸醯氯。Examples of quinonediazide compounds include 1,2-benzoquinonediazide-4-sulfonate, 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonate, 1,2-naphthoquinone diazide, Azide-5-sulfonate, 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-6-sulfonate, 2,1-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonate, 2,1-naphthoquinonediazide -5-sulfonate, 2,1-naphthoquinonediazide-6-sulfonate, sulfonate of other quinonediazide derivatives, 1,2-benzoquinonediazide-4-sulfonate Chlorine, 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonyl chloride, 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonyl chloride, 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-6-sulfonic acid Acyl chloride, 2,1-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonyl chloride, 2,1-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonyl chloride and 2,1-naphthoquinonediazide-6-sulfonate Acid chloride.

正型感光性樹脂層可以包含單獨一種光酸產生劑,亦可以包含兩種以上的光酸產生劑。 從靈敏度及解析度的觀點而言,光酸產生劑的含量相對於正型感光性樹脂層的總質量為0.1質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.5質量%~5質量%為更佳。 The positive photosensitive resin layer may contain a single photoacid generator, or may contain two or more photoacid generators. From the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, the content of the photoacid generator is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 5% by mass, relative to the total mass of the positive photosensitive resin layer.

《其他成分》 感光性樹脂層可以具有除上述以外的成分。 "Other Ingredients" The photosensitive resin layer may have components other than the above.

-界面活性劑- 從厚度均勻性的觀點而言,感光性樹脂層含有界面活性劑為較佳。 作為界面活性劑,例如可以舉出陰離子性界面活性劑、陽離子性界面活性劑、非離子性(nonion)界面活性劑及兩性界面活性劑,非離子性界面活性劑為較佳。 作為界面活性劑,例如可以舉出日本專利第4502784號公報的0017段落及日本特開2009-237362號公報的0060~0071段落中所記載之界面活性劑。 -Surfactant- From the viewpoint of thickness uniformity, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer contains a surfactant. As a surfactant, an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, a nonionic (nonion) surfactant, and an amphoteric surfactant are mentioned, for example, A nonionic surfactant is preferable. Examples of the surfactant include those described in paragraph 0017 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784 and paragraphs 0060 to 0071 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-237362.

作為界面活性劑,氟系界面活性劑或矽酮系界面活性劑為較佳。 作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如可以舉出MEGAFACE(商品名)F-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-444、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-551-A、F-552、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、MFS-578、MFS-579、MFS-586、MFS-587、R-41、R-41-LM、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上為DIC Corporation製造)、Fluorad(商品名)FC430、FC431、FC171(以上為Sumitomo 3M Limited製造)、Surflon(商品名)S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上為AGC Inc.製造)、PolyFox(商品名)PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上為OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製造)、Ftergent 710FL、710FM、610FM、601AD、601ADH2、602A、215M、245F、251、212M、250、209F、222F、208G、710LA、710FS、730LM、650AC、681、683(以上為Neos Corporation製造)等。 又,氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用丙烯酸系化合物,該丙烯酸系化合物為具有具備含有氟原子之官能基之分子結構,且施加熱時含有氟原子之官能基部分被切斷,從而氟原子揮發。作為這種氟系界面活性劑,可以舉出DIC Corporation製造之MEGAFACE(商品名)DS系列(化學工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日經產業新聞(2016年2月23日)),例如MEGAFACE(商品名)DS-21。 As the surfactant, a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant is preferable. Examples of commercially available fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE (trade names) F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F- 143, F-144, F-437, F-444, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-551-A, F-552, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560, F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, MFS-578, MFS-579, MFS-586, MFS-587, R-41, R-41-LM, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS- 90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (the above are manufactured by DIC Corporation), Fluorad (trade name) FC430, FC431, FC171 (the above are manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon (trade name) S-382 , SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (manufactured by AGC Inc.), PolyFox (trade name) PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc. above), Ftergent 710FL, 710FM, 610FM, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 215M, 245F, 251, 212M, 250, 209F, 222F, 208G , 710LA, 710FS, 730LM, 650AC, 681, 683 (manufactured by Neos Corporation), etc. In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, an acrylic compound can preferably be used. The acrylic compound has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and when heat is applied, the functional group containing a fluorine atom is partially cut, thereby Fluorine atoms evaporate. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE (trade name) DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Industry Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), For example MEGAFACE (trade name) DS-21.

又,氟系界面活性劑使用具有氟化烷基或氟化伸烷基醚基之含氟原子之乙烯醚化合物與親水性乙烯醚化合物的聚合物亦為較佳。 氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用封端聚合物。氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物包含來自於具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元和來自於具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)伸烷氧基(較佳為伸乙氧基、伸丙氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元。 氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用在側鏈中具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物。可以舉出MEGAFACE(商品名)RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K(以上為DIC Corporation製造)等。 It is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorine-based surfactant. As the fluorine-based surfactant, a blocked polymer can also be used. The fluorine-based surfactant can also preferably use a fluorine-containing polymer compound, which contains a constituent unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and a unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having two or more (preferably It is a constituent unit of (meth)acrylate compound having 5 or more) alkoxyl groups (preferably ethoxyl groups, propoxyl groups). As the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain can also be used. Examples thereof include MEGAFACE (trade name) RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, RS-72-K (the above are manufactured by DIC Corporation) and the like.

作為非離子性界面活性劑,可以舉出甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯、Pluronic(商品名)L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(以上為BASF公司製造)、Tetronic(商品名)304、701、704、901、904、150R1(以上為BASF公司製造)、Solsperse(商品名)20000(以上為Lubrizol Japan Limited.製造)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(以上為FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、PIONIN(商品名)D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(以上為Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd.製造)、Olfine E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(以上為Nissin Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等。 又,近年來,具有碳數為7以上的直鏈狀全氟烷基之化合物的環境適性令人擔憂,因此利用使用全氟辛酸(PFOA)及全氟辛烷磺酸(PFOS)的替代材料之界面活性劑為較佳。 As the nonionic surfactant, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, glycerin propoxylate, glycerin ethoxylate, etc.) base compounds, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol di Laurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic (trade name) L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (manufactured by BASF), Tetronic ( Brand name) 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (the above are manufactured by BASF Corporation), Solsperse (trade name) 20000 (the above are manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Limited.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 ( The above are manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), PIONIN (trade name) D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (the above are manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), Olfine E1010, Surfynol 104, 400 , 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd. above), etc. In addition, in recent years, the environmental suitability of compounds having a straight-chain perfluoroalkyl group with 7 or more carbon atoms has become a concern, so the interface using alternative materials such as perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) and perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS) is used Active agents are preferred.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,可以舉出由矽氧烷鍵構成之直鏈狀聚合物及在側鏈或末端導入有有機基之改質矽氧烷聚合物。 作為矽酮系界面活性劑的具體例,可以舉出DOWSIL(商品名)8032 ADDITIVE、Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.製造)以及X-22-4952、X-22-4272、X-22-6266、KF-351A、K354L、KF-355A、KF-945、KF-640、KF-642、KF-643、X-22-6191、X-22-4515、KF-6004、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、F-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上為BYK Chemie公司製造)等。 Examples of silicone-based surfactants include linear polymers composed of siloxane bonds and modified siloxane polymers having organic groups introduced into side chains or terminals. Specific examples of silicone-based surfactants include DOWSIL (trade name) 8032 ADDITIVE, Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd. above) and X-22-4952, X-22-4272, X-22-6266, KF-351A, K354L, KF-355A, KF-945, KF -640, KF-642, KF-643, X-22-6191, X-22-4515, KF-6004, KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (the above are Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd. Manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), F-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (the above are manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (the above are manufactured by BYK Chemie), etc.

感光性樹脂層可以單獨含有一種界面活性劑,亦可以含有兩種以上。 界面活性劑的含量相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為0.001質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~3質量%為更佳。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain one kind of surfactant alone, or may contain two or more kinds. The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 mass % to 10 mass % with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, more preferably 0.01 mass % to 3 mass %.

-添加劑- 感光性樹脂層除了上述成分以外,根據需要可以含有公知的添加劑。 作為添加劑,例如可以舉出聚合抑制劑、增感劑、塑化劑、烷氧基矽烷化合物及溶劑。感光性樹脂層可以單獨含有一種各添加劑,亦可以含有兩種以上。 又,作為添加劑,可以舉出金屬氧化物粒子、抗氧化劑、分散劑、酸增殖劑、顯影促進劑、導電性纖維、熱自由基聚合起始劑、熱酸產生劑、紫外線吸收劑、增黏劑及有機或無機沉澱防止劑。關於該等添加劑的較佳態樣,在日本特開2014-85643號公報的0165段落~0184段落中分別有記載,該等內容藉由參閱被編入本說明書中。 -additive- The photosensitive resin layer may contain known additives as needed in addition to the above components. Examples of additives include polymerization inhibitors, sensitizers, plasticizers, alkoxysilane compounds, and solvents. The photosensitive resin layer may contain each additive individually by 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types. In addition, examples of additives include metal oxide particles, antioxidants, dispersants, acid multiplying agents, development accelerators, conductive fibers, thermal radical polymerization initiators, thermal acid generators, ultraviolet absorbers, thickeners, etc. agent and organic or inorganic precipitation preventive agent. The preferred aspects of these additives are described in paragraphs 0165 to 0184 of JP-A-2014-85643, respectively, and these contents are incorporated into this specification by referring to them.

感光性樹脂層可以含有聚合抑制劑。作為聚合抑制劑,自由基聚合抑制劑為較佳。 作為聚合抑制劑,例如可以舉出日本專利第4502784號公報的0018段落中所記載之熱聚合抑制劑。其中,啡噻𠯤、啡㗁𠯤或4-甲氧基苯酚為較佳。作為其他聚合抑制劑,可以舉出萘胺、氯化銅(I)、亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽、二苯基亞硝基胺等。為了不損害感光性樹脂組成物的靈敏度,將亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽用作聚合抑制劑為較佳。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain a polymerization inhibitor. As the polymerization inhibitor, a radical polymerization inhibitor is preferable. Examples of polymerization inhibitors include thermal polymerization inhibitors described in paragraph 0018 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784. Among them, phenothiophene, phenothiophene, or 4-methoxyphenol are preferred. Examples of other polymerization inhibitors include naphthylamine, copper (I) chloride, nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, diphenylnitrosoamine, and the like. In order not to impair the sensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition, it is preferable to use nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt as a polymerization inhibitor.

聚合抑制劑的含量相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為0.01質量%~3質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~1質量%為更佳。從對感光性樹脂組成物賦予保存穩定性之觀點而言,將上述含量設為0.01質量%以上為較佳。另一方面,從維持靈敏度之觀點而言,將上述含量設為3質量%以下為較佳。The content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 mass % to 3 mass % with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, more preferably 0.05 mass % to 1 mass %. It is preferable to make the said content into 0.01 mass % or more from a viewpoint of providing storage stability to a photosensitive resin composition. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of maintaining sensitivity, it is preferable to make the said content into 3 mass % or less.

感光性樹脂層可以含有增感劑。 增感劑並不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的增感劑、染料及顏料。作為增感劑,例如可以舉出二烷基胺基二苯甲酮化合物、吡唑啉化合物、蒽化合物、香豆素化合物、氧蒽酮(xanthone)化合物、噻噸酮(thioxanthone)化合物、吖啶酮化合物、㗁唑化合物、苯并㗁唑化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、三唑化合物(例如,1,2,4-三唑)、茋化合物、三𠯤化合物、噻吩化合物、萘二甲醯亞胺化合物、三芳基胺化合物及胺基吖啶化合物。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer is not particularly limited, and known sensitizers, dyes, and pigments can be used. Examples of sensitizers include dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone (xanthone) compounds, thioxanthone (thioxanthone) compounds, Pyridone compound, oxazole compound, benzoxazole compound, thiazole compound, benzothiazole compound, triazole compound (for example, 1,2,4-triazole), stilbene compound, trioxazole compound, thiophene compound, naphthalenedi Formimide compounds, triarylamine compounds and aminoacridine compounds.

感光性樹脂層可以單獨含有一種增感劑,亦可以含有兩種以上。 當感光性樹脂層含有增感劑時,增感劑的含量能夠根據目的適當選擇,但從提高對光源的靈敏度及藉由聚合速度與鏈轉移的平衡而提高硬化速度之觀點而言,相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為0.01質量%~5質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~1質量%為更佳。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain one kind of sensitizer alone, or may contain two or more kinds. When the photosensitive resin layer contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source and increasing the curing speed by balancing the polymerization speed and chain transfer, relative to The total mass of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass.

感光性樹脂層可以含有選自包括塑化劑及雜環狀化合物之群組中之至少一種。 作為塑化劑及雜環狀化合物,可以舉出國際公開第2018/179640號的0097~0103段落及0111~0118段落中所記載之化合物。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of plasticizers and heterocyclic compounds. Examples of the plasticizer and the heterocyclic compound include compounds described in paragraphs 0097 to 0103 and paragraphs 0111 to 0118 of International Publication No. 2018/179640.

感光性樹脂層(較佳為正型感光性樹脂層)可以包含烷氧基矽烷化合物。 作為烷氧基矽烷化合物,例如可以舉出γ-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、γ-環氧丙氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷、γ-環氧丙氧基丙基烷基二烷氧基矽烷、γ-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷、γ-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基烷基二烷氧基矽烷、γ-氯丙基三烷氧基矽烷、γ-巰基丙基三烷氧基矽烷、β-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三烷氧基矽烷及乙烯基三烷氧基矽烷。 The photosensitive resin layer (preferably a positive photosensitive resin layer) may contain an alkoxysilane compound. Examples of alkoxysilane compounds include γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane, γ -Glycidoxypropylalkyldialkoxysilane, γ-methacryloxypropyltrialkoxysilane, γ-methacryloxypropylalkyldialkoxysilane, γ-Chloropropyltrialkoxysilane, γ-Mercaptopropyltrialkoxysilane, β-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrialkoxysilane and Vinyltrialkoxysilane.

在上述之中,烷氧基矽烷化合物為三烷氧基矽烷化合物為較佳,γ-環氧丙氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷或γ-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷為更佳,γ-環氧丙氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷為進一步較佳,3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷為特佳。Among the above, the alkoxysilane compound is preferably a trialkoxysilane compound, γ-glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane or γ-methacryloxypropyltrialkoxysilane Silane is more preferable, γ-glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane is still more preferable, and 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane is particularly preferable.

感光性樹脂層可以包含單獨一種烷氧基矽烷化合物,亦可以包含兩種以上的烷氧基矽烷化合物。 從與基板的密接性及耐蝕刻性的觀點而言,烷氧基矽烷化合物的含量相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為0.1質量%~50質量%為較佳,0.5質量%~40質量%為更佳,1.0質量%~30質量%為特佳。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain a single alkoxysilane compound, or may contain two or more alkoxysilane compounds. From the viewpoint of adhesion to the substrate and etching resistance, the content of the alkoxysilane compound is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, and 0.5% by mass to 40% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. More preferably, 1.0% by mass to 30% by mass is particularly preferred.

感光性樹脂層可以含有溶劑。當由包含溶劑之感光性樹脂組成物形成感光性樹脂層時,有時溶劑會殘留於感光性樹脂層中。The photosensitive resin layer may contain a solvent. When forming a photosensitive resin layer from the photosensitive resin composition containing a solvent, a solvent may remain in a photosensitive resin layer.

《雜質等》 感光性樹脂層可以包含既定量的雜質。 作為雜質的具體例,可以舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、錳、銅、鋁、鈦、鉻、鈷、鎳、鋅、錫、鹵素及該等的離子。其中,鹵化物離子、鈉離子及鉀離子容易以雜質形式混入,因此設為下述含量為較佳。 "Impurities etc" The photosensitive resin layer may contain a predetermined amount of impurities. Specific examples of impurities include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, titanium, chromium, cobalt, nickel, zinc, tin, halogens, and ions thereof. Among them, halide ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions are likely to be mixed in as impurities, so the following contents are preferable.

感光性樹脂層中的雜質的含量以質量基準計為80ppm以下為較佳,10ppm以下為更佳,2ppm以下為進一步較佳。雜質的含量以質量基準計能夠設為1ppb以上,亦可以設為0.1ppm以上。The content of impurities in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably at most 80 ppm, more preferably at most 10 ppm, and still more preferably at most 2 ppm, on a mass basis. The content of impurities may be 1 ppb or more on a mass basis, and may be 0.1 ppm or more.

作為將雜質設在上述範圍內之方法,可以舉出選擇雜質的含量少者作為組成物的原料、在製作感光性樹脂層時防止雜質混入及清洗去除。藉由這種方法,能夠將雜質量設在上述範圍內。As a method of keeping the impurities within the above-mentioned range, there may be mentioned selection of those with a small content of impurities as raw materials of the composition, prevention of impurities from being mixed in the photosensitive resin layer, and removal by washing. By this method, the amount of impurities can be set within the above-mentioned range.

雜質例如能夠利用ICP(Inductively Coupled Plasma:感應耦合電漿)發光分光分析法、原子吸收色譜法及離子層析法等公知的方法進行定量。Impurities can be quantified by, for example, known methods such as ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma) emission spectrometry, atomic absorption chromatography, and ion chromatography.

感光性樹脂層中的苯、甲醛、三氯乙烯、1,3-丁二烯、四氯化碳、氯仿、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺及己烷等化合物的含量少為較佳。作為該等化合物相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量的含量,以質量基準計為100ppm以下為較佳,20ppm以下為更佳,4ppm以下為進一步較佳。 下限以質量基準計相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量,能夠設為10ppb以上,亦能夠設為100ppb以上。該等化合物能夠利用與上述金屬的雜質相同的方法來抑制含量。又,能夠藉由公知的測量法進行定量。 Benzene, formaldehyde, trichloroethylene, 1,3-butadiene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide in the photosensitive resin layer It is better to have less content of compounds such as hexane and hexane. The content of these compounds with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably at most 100 ppm on a mass basis, more preferably at most 20 ppm, and still more preferably at most 4 ppm. The lower limit may be 10 ppb or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer on a mass basis, or may be 100 ppb or more. The content of these compounds can be suppressed by the same method as the impurity of the above-mentioned metals. In addition, it can be quantified by a known measurement method.

從提高可靠性及層壓性之觀點而言,感光性樹脂層中的水的含量為0.01質量%~1.0質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~0.5質量%為更佳。The content of water in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 1.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.05% by mass to 0.5% by mass, from the viewpoint of improving reliability and lamination.

《殘餘單體》 感光性樹脂層有時包含與上述鹼可溶性樹脂的各構成單元對應之殘餘單體。 從圖案化性及可靠性的觀點而言,殘餘單體的含量相對於鹼可溶性樹脂的總質量為5,000質量ppm以下為較佳,2,000質量ppm以下為更佳,500質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限並不受特別限制,但1質量ppm以上為較佳,10質量ppm以上為更佳。 從圖案化性及可靠性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂的各構成單元的殘餘單體相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為3,000質量ppm以下為較佳,600質量ppm以下為更佳,100質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限並不受特別限制,但0.1質量ppm以上為較佳,1質量ppm以上為更佳。 "The Leftovers" The photosensitive resin layer may contain residual monomers corresponding to each constituent unit of the above-mentioned alkali-soluble resin. From the viewpoint of patternability and reliability, the residual monomer content is preferably 5,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 2,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 500 mass ppm or less, relative to the total mass of the alkali-soluble resin . The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably at least 1 mass ppm, more preferably at least 10 mass ppm. From the viewpoint of patternability and reliability, the residual monomer of each constituent unit of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 3,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 600 mass ppm or less, and 100 mass ppm with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is still more preferably below mass ppm. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably at least 0.1 mass ppm, more preferably at least 1 mass ppm.

藉由高分子反應合成鹼可溶性樹脂時的單體的殘餘單體量亦設在上述範圍內為較佳。例如,當使丙烯酸環氧丙酯與羧酸側鏈進行反應而合成鹼可溶性樹脂時,將丙烯酸環氧丙酯的含量設在上述範圍內為較佳。 殘餘單體的量能夠利用液相層析及氣相層析等公知的方法進行測量。 It is also preferable to set the residual monomer amount of the monomer in the case of synthesizing the alkali-soluble resin by polymer reaction within the above-mentioned range. For example, when an alkali-soluble resin is synthesize|combined by reacting glycidyl acrylate and a carboxylic acid side chain, it is preferable to make content of glycidyl acrylate into the said range. The amount of residual monomers can be measured by known methods such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography.

《物性等》 感光性樹脂層的層厚為0.1μm~300μm為較佳,0.2μm~100μm為更佳,0.5μm~50μm為進一步較佳,0.5μm~15μm為更進一步較佳,0.5μm~10μm為特佳,0.5μm~8μm為最佳。藉此,感光性樹脂層的顯影性提高,從而能夠提高解析性。 又,從解析性的觀點而言,感光性樹脂層的層厚(厚度)為10μm以下為較佳,4.8μm以下為更佳,3.0μm以下為進一步較佳,0.5μm~3.0μm為特佳。 感光性轉印材料所具備之各層的層厚藉由利用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM:Scanning Electron Microscope)觀察感光性轉印材料的相對於主面垂直的方向的剖面並依據所得到之觀察圖像計測10點以上各層的厚度並且計算出其平均值來進行測量。 "Physical Properties, etc." The layer thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.1 μm to 300 μm, more preferably 0.2 μm to 100 μm, still more preferably 0.5 μm to 50 μm, still more preferably 0.5 μm to 15 μm, and most preferably 0.5 μm to 10 μm , 0.5 μm ~ 8 μm is the best. Thereby, the developability of a photosensitive resin layer improves and resolution can be improved. Also, from the analytical viewpoint, the layer thickness (thickness) of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 4.8 μm or less, still more preferably 3.0 μm or less, and particularly preferably 0.5 μm to 3.0 μm. . The layer thickness of each layer of the photosensitive transfer material is obtained by observing the cross-section of the photosensitive transfer material in the direction perpendicular to the main surface with a scanning electron microscope (SEM: Scanning Electron Microscope) and based on the obtained observation image The thickness of each layer was measured at 10 points or more, and the average value was calculated and measured.

又,從密接性更優異的觀點而言,感光性樹脂層的波長365nm的光的透射率為10%以上為較佳,30%以上為較佳,50%以上為更佳。上限並不受特別限制,但99.9%以下為較佳。Moreover, from a viewpoint of more excellent adhesiveness, the light transmittance of the wavelength 365nm of a photosensitive resin layer is 10% or more, Preferably it is 30% or more, More preferably, it is 50% or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99.9% or less.

《形成方法》 感光性樹脂層的形成方法只要為能夠形成含有上述成分之層之方法,則不受特別限制。 作為感光性樹脂層的形成方法,例如為負型感光性樹脂層時,可以舉出藉由製備含有鹼可溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑及溶劑等之感光性樹脂組成物並在臨時支撐體等的表面塗佈感光性樹脂組成物並且對感光性樹脂組成物的塗膜進行乾燥而形成之方法。 "Formation Method" The method for forming the photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited as long as it can form a layer containing the above-mentioned components. As a method for forming the photosensitive resin layer, for example, in the case of a negative photosensitive resin layer, it is possible to prepare a photosensitive resin composition containing an alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, a solvent, and the like. A method in which a photosensitive resin composition is applied to the surface of a temporary support, etc., and the coating film of the photosensitive resin composition is dried.

作為感光性樹脂層的形成中所使用之感光性樹脂組成物,例如可以舉出含有鹼可溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑、上述任意成分及溶劑之組成物。 為了調節感光性樹脂組成物的黏度而使得輕易形成感光性樹脂層,感光性樹脂組成物含有溶劑為較佳。 As a photosensitive resin composition used for formation of a photosensitive resin layer, the composition containing alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, the said arbitrary component, and a solvent is mentioned, for example. In order to easily form a photosensitive resin layer by adjusting the viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition contains a solvent.

-溶劑- 作為感光性樹脂組成物中所含有之溶劑,只要能夠溶解或分散鹼可溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑及上述任意成分,則不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的溶劑。 作為溶劑,例如可以舉出伸烷基二醇醚溶劑、伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑、醇溶劑(甲醇及乙醇等)、酮溶劑(丙酮及甲基乙基酮等)、芳香族烴溶劑(甲苯等)、非質子性極性溶劑(N,N-二甲基甲醯胺等)、環狀醚溶劑(四氫呋喃等)、酯溶劑、醯胺溶劑、內酯溶劑以及包含該等中的兩種以上之混合溶劑。 當製作具備臨時支撐體、緩衝層、中間層、感光性樹脂層及保護膜之感光性轉印材料時,感光性樹脂組成物含有選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種為較佳。其中,包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種和選自包括酮溶劑及環狀醚溶劑之群組中之至少一種之混合溶劑為更佳,至少包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種、酮溶劑以及環狀醚溶劑這三種之混合溶劑為進一步較佳。 -Solvent- The solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the alkali-soluble resin, polymerizable compound, photopolymerization initiator, and any of the above-mentioned components, and known solvents can be used. Examples of solvents include alkylene glycol ether solvents, alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents, alcohol solvents (methanol and ethanol, etc.), ketone solvents (acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.), aromatic Hydrocarbon solvents (toluene, etc.), aprotic polar solvents (N,N-dimethylformamide, etc.), cyclic ether solvents (tetrahydrofuran, etc.), ester solvents, amide solvents, lactone solvents, and solvents including these A mixture of two or more solvents. When making a photosensitive transfer material with a temporary support, buffer layer, intermediate layer, photosensitive resin layer and protective film, the photosensitive resin composition contains a solvent selected from alkylene glycol ethers and alkylene glycols At least one of the group of ether acetate solvents is preferred. Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents and at least one selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents and cyclic ether solvents The mixed solvent is more preferably at least one of at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents, a ketone solvent and a cyclic ether solvent. Further better.

作為伸烷基二醇醚溶劑,例如可以舉出乙二醇單烷基醚、乙二醇二烷基醚、丙二醇單烷基醚、丙二醇二烷基醚、二乙二醇二烷基醚、二丙二醇單烷基醚及二丙二醇二烷基醚。 作為伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑,例如可以舉出乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯及二丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯。 作為溶劑,可以使用國際公開第2018/179640號的0092~0094段落中所記載之溶劑及日本特開2018-177889號公報的0014段落中所記載之溶劑,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 Examples of alkylene glycol ether solvents include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, ethylene glycol dialkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol dialkyl ether, diethylene glycol dialkyl ether, Dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether and dipropylene glycol dialkyl ether. Examples of alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, and dipropylene glycol Monoalkyl ether acetate. As the solvent, the solvents described in paragraphs 0092 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and the solvents described in paragraph 0014 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2018-177889 can be used, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

感光性樹脂組成物可以單獨含有一種溶劑,亦可以含有兩種以上。 塗佈感光性樹脂組成物時的溶劑的含量相對於感光性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分100質量份為50質量份~1,900質量份為較佳,100質量份~900質量份為更佳。 The photosensitive resin composition may contain one kind of solvent alone, or may contain two or more kinds of solvents. The content of the solvent when coating the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 50 to 1,900 parts by mass, more preferably 100 to 900 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solids in the photosensitive resin composition.

感光性樹脂組成物的製備方法並不受特別限制,例如可以舉出藉由事先製備將各成分溶解於上述溶劑而成之溶液並將所得到之溶液以既定的比例進行混合而製備感光性樹脂組成物之方法。 從粒子的去除性的觀點而言,感光性樹脂組成物在形成感光性樹脂層之前使用過濾器進行過濾為較佳,使用孔徑0.2μm~10μm的過濾器進行過濾為更佳,使用孔徑0.2μm~7μm的過濾器進行過濾為進一步較佳,使用孔徑0.2μm~5μm的過濾器進行過濾為特佳。 關於過濾器的材質及形狀,並沒有特別限制,能夠使用公知者。 又,上述過濾進行1次以上為較佳,又,進行複數次亦為較佳。 The preparation method of the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited. For example, a solution obtained by dissolving each component in the above-mentioned solvent is prepared in advance and the obtained solution is mixed at a predetermined ratio to prepare a photosensitive resin. Method of composition. From the viewpoint of particle removability, it is preferable to filter the photosensitive resin composition using a filter before forming the photosensitive resin layer, more preferably a filter with a pore size of 0.2 μm to 10 μm, and a filter with a pore size of 0.2 μm It is more preferable to perform filtration with a filter of ∼7 μm, and it is particularly preferable to perform filtration with a filter with a pore diameter of 0.2 μm to 5 μm. The material and shape of the filter are not particularly limited, and known ones can be used. Moreover, it is preferable to carry out the above-mentioned filtration once or more, and it is also preferable to carry out a plurality of times.

感光性樹脂組成物的塗佈方法並不受特別限制,利用公知的方法塗佈即可。作為塗佈方法,例如可以舉出狹縫塗佈、旋塗、簾塗及噴墨塗佈。 又,感光性樹脂層可以藉由將感光性樹脂組成物塗佈於後述之保護膜上並進行乾燥而形成。 The coating method of the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited, and it may be coated by a known method. Examples of coating methods include slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating, and inkjet coating. Moreover, the photosensitive resin layer can be formed by apply|coating and drying a photosensitive resin composition on the protective film mentioned later.

又,從解析性及臨時支撐體的剝離性的觀點而言,本揭示中的感光性轉印材料在上述臨時支撐體與上述感光性樹脂層之間具有其他層為較佳。 作為其他層,可以較佳地舉出中間層、緩衝層、保護膜等。 其中,作為上述轉印層,具有中間層為較佳,具有緩衝層及中間層為更佳。 Moreover, it is preferable that the photosensitive transfer material in this indication has another layer between the said temporary support body and the said photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoint of resolving property and the peelability of a temporary support body. As another layer, an intermediate layer, a buffer layer, a protective film, etc. are mentioned preferably. Among them, as the above-mentioned transfer layer, it is preferable to have an intermediate layer, and it is more preferable to have a buffer layer and an intermediate layer.

〔中間層〕 當感光性轉印材料在臨時支撐體與感光性樹脂層之間具有後述之緩衝層時,在緩衝層與感光性樹脂層之間具有中間層為較佳。依中間層,能夠抑制在形成複數個層時及保存時的成分的混合。 〔middle layer〕 When the photosensitive transfer material has a buffer layer described later between the temporary support body and the photosensitive resin layer, it is preferable to have an intermediate layer between the buffer layer and the photosensitive resin layer. According to the intermediate layer, it is possible to suppress mixing of components when forming a plurality of layers and during storage.

從顯影性以及抑制塗佈複數層時及塗佈後保存時的成分的混合之觀點而言,中間層為水溶性層為較佳。在本揭示中,“水溶性”係指對液溫為22℃的pH7.0的水100g的溶解度為0.1g以上。It is preferable that the intermediate layer is a water-soluble layer from the viewpoint of developability and suppression of mixing of components when applying multiple layers and when storing after application. In the present disclosure, "water solubility" means that the solubility to 100 g of water of pH 7.0 at a liquid temperature of 22° C. is 0.1 g or more.

作為中間層,例如可以舉出在日本特開平5-72724號公報中作為“分離層”而記載之具有阻氧功能的阻氧層。藉由中間層為阻氧層,曝光時的靈敏度提高,曝光機的時間負荷減小,其結果,生產性提高。用作中間層之阻氧層從公知的層中適當選擇即可。用作中間層之阻氧層為顯示出低透氧性且分散或溶解於水或鹼水溶液(22℃的碳酸鈉的1質量%水溶液)之阻氧層為較佳。 又,從阻氧性、解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,中間層包含無機層狀化合物為較佳。 作為無機層狀化合物,為具有薄平板狀的形狀之粒子,例如可以舉出天然雲母、合成雲母等雲母化合物、式:3MgO·4SiO·H 2O所表示之滑石、帶雲母、蒙脫石、皂石、鋰膨潤石、磷酸鋯等。 作為雲母化合物,例如可以舉出式:A(B,C) 2-5D 4O 10(OH,F,O) 2〔其中,A為K、Na、Ca中的任一者,B及C為Fe(II)、Fe(III)、Mn、Al、Mg、V中的任一者,D為Si或Al。〕所表示之天然雲母、合成雲母等雲母群。 The intermediate layer includes, for example, an oxygen barrier layer having an oxygen barrier function described in JP-A-5-72724 as a "separation layer". Since the intermediate layer is an oxygen barrier layer, the sensitivity at the time of exposure is improved, the time load of the exposure machine is reduced, and as a result, the productivity is improved. The oxygen barrier layer used as the intermediate layer may be appropriately selected from known layers. The oxygen barrier layer used as the intermediate layer is preferably an oxygen barrier layer that exhibits low oxygen permeability and is dispersed or dissolved in water or an aqueous alkali solution (a 1 mass % aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 22° C.). Moreover, it is preferable that the intermediate layer contains an inorganic layered compound from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier property, resolution property, and pattern formation property. As an inorganic layered compound, it is a particle having a thin plate shape, for example, mica compounds such as natural mica and synthetic mica, talc represented by the formula: 3MgO·4SiO·H 2 O, taeniolite, montmorillonite, Soapstone, lithium bentonite, zirconium phosphate, etc. Examples of mica compounds include the formula: A(B, C) 2-5 D 4 O 10 (OH, F, O) 2 [wherein A is any one of K, Na, and Ca, and B and C is any one of Fe(II), Fe(III), Mn, Al, Mg, and V, and D is Si or Al. ] Represented natural mica, synthetic mica and other mica groups.

在雲母群中,作為天然雲母,可以舉出白雲母、鈉雲母、金雲母、黑雲母及鱗雲母。作為合成雲母,可以舉出氟金雲母KMg 3(AlSi 3O 10)F 2、鉀四矽雲母KMg 2.5Si 4O 10)F 2等非膨潤性雲母及Na四矽雲母NaMg 2.5(Si 4O 10)F 2、Na或Li帶雲母(Na,Li)Mg 2Li(Si 4O 10)F 2、蒙脫石系的Na或Li鋰膨潤石(Na,Li) 1/8Mg 2/5Li 1/8(Si 4O 10)F 2等膨潤性雲母等。此外,合成膨潤石群(smectite)亦有用。 In the mica group, examples of natural mica include muscovite, sodium mica, phlogopite, biotite, and phlogopite. Examples of synthetic mica include non-swellable micas such as fluorphlogopite KMg 3 (AlSi 3 O 10 ) F 2 , potassium tetrasilica KMg 2.5 Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 and NaMg 2.5 (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , Na or Li taeniolite (Na, Li) Mg 2 Li (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , Na or Li hectorite (Na, Li) of montmorillonite series (Na, Li) 1/8 Mg 2/5 Li 1/8 (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 and other swelling mica, etc. In addition, synthetic bentonite group (smectite) is also useful.

作為無機層狀化合物的形狀,從控制擴散之觀點而言,厚度愈薄愈良好,平面尺寸只要不阻礙塗佈面的平滑性或活性光線的透射性,則愈大愈良好。因此,縱橫比較佳為20以上,更佳為100以上,特佳為200以上。縱橫比係粒子的長徑相對於厚度之比,例如能夠依據由粒子的顯微鏡照片獲得之投影圖進行測量。縱橫比愈大,所得到之效果愈大。As for the shape of the inorganic layered compound, from the viewpoint of diffusion control, the thinner the thickness, the better, and the larger the planar size, as long as it does not hinder the smoothness of the coated surface or the transmittance of active light rays, the better. Therefore, the aspect ratio is preferably at least 20, more preferably at least 100, and most preferably at least 200. The aspect ratio is the ratio of the major diameter of a particle to the thickness, and can be measured, for example, from a projection image obtained from a micrograph of a particle. The larger the aspect ratio, the greater the effect obtained.

關於無機層狀化合物的粒徑,其平均長徑較佳為0.3μm~20μm,更佳為0.5μm~10μm,特佳為1μm~5μm。粒子的平均厚度較佳為0.1μm以下,更佳為0.05μm以下,特佳為0.01μm以下。具體而言,例如,在作為代表性化合物的膨潤性合成雲母的情況下,作為較佳態樣係厚度為1nm~50nm左右、面尺寸(長徑)為1μm~20μm左右。The particle diameter of the inorganic layered compound is preferably from 0.3 μm to 20 μm in average major diameter, more preferably from 0.5 μm to 10 μm, particularly preferably from 1 μm to 5 μm. The average thickness of the particles is preferably at most 0.1 μm, more preferably at most 0.05 μm, particularly preferably at most 0.01 μm. Specifically, for example, in the case of swelling synthetic mica, which is a representative compound, the thickness is about 1 nm to 50 nm, and the surface size (major axis) is about 1 μm to 20 μm.

從阻氧性、解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,無機層狀化合物的含量相對於中間層的總質量為0.1質量%~50質量%為較佳,1質量%~20質量%為更佳。From the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, resolving properties, and pattern forming properties, the content of the layered inorganic compound is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 20% by mass, relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer. good.

中間層包含樹脂為較佳。作為中間層中所包含之樹脂,例如可以舉出聚乙烯醇系樹脂、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、聚環氧乙烷系樹脂、明膠、乙烯醚系樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂及該等的共聚物。中間層中所包含之樹脂為水溶性樹脂為較佳。It is preferable that the intermediate layer contains resin. Examples of the resin contained in the intermediate layer include polyvinyl alcohol-based resins, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based resins, cellulose-based resins, acrylamide-based resins, polyethylene oxide-based resins, gelatin, and vinyl ether resins. resins, polyamide resins and their copolymers. The resin contained in the intermediate layer is preferably a water-soluble resin.

從抑制複數個層間的成分的混合之觀點而言,中間層中所包含之樹脂為與負型感光性樹脂層中所包含之聚合物A及緩衝層中所包含之熱塑性樹脂(鹼可溶性樹脂)中的任一者均不同的樹脂為較佳。From the viewpoint of suppressing the mixing of components between multiple layers, the resin contained in the intermediate layer is the same as the polymer A contained in the negative photosensitive resin layer and the thermoplastic resin (alkali-soluble resin) contained in the buffer layer. Resins in which any of them are different are preferable.

又,從阻氧性、顯影性、解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,中間層包含水溶性化合物為較佳,包含水溶性樹脂為更佳。 作為水溶性化合物,並沒有特別限制,但從阻氧性、顯影性、解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,選自包括水溶性纖維素衍生物、多元醇類、多元醇類的氧化物加成物、聚醚類、酚衍生物及醯胺化合物之群組中之一種以上的化合物為較佳,選自包括聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮、羥丙基纖維素及羥丙基甲基纖維素之群組中之至少一種水溶性樹脂為更佳。 作為水溶性樹脂,例如可以舉出水溶性纖維素衍生物、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮、丙烯醯胺樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂、聚環氧乙烷樹脂、明膠、乙烯醚樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂及該等的共聚物等樹脂。 其中,從阻氧性、顯影性、解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,水溶性樹脂包含聚乙烯醇為較佳,包含聚乙烯醇及水溶性纖維素衍生物為更佳,包含聚乙烯醇及羥丙基纖維素為進一步較佳,包含聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮及羥丙基纖維素為特佳。 聚乙烯醇的水解度並沒有特別限制,但從阻氧性、顯影性、解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,73mol%~99mol%為較佳。 又,從阻氧性、顯影性、解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,聚乙烯醇包含乙烯作為單體單元為較佳。 Moreover, it is preferable that an intermediate layer contains a water-soluble compound, and it is more preferable that it contains a water-soluble resin from a viewpoint of oxygen barrier property, developability, resolving property, and pattern formability. The water-soluble compound is not particularly limited, but it is selected from oxides including water-soluble cellulose derivatives, polyols, and polyols from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties, developability, resolution, and pattern formation properties. One or more compounds in the group of adducts, polyethers, phenol derivatives and amide compounds are preferred, selected from the group consisting of polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl At least one water-soluble resin in the group of methylcellulose is more preferable. Examples of water-soluble resins include water-soluble cellulose derivatives, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, acrylamide resins, (meth)acrylate resins, polyethylene oxide resins, gelatin, and vinyl ethers. resins, polyamide resins, and copolymers thereof. Among them, from the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, developability, resolving power, and pattern forming properties, the water-soluble resin preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol, more preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol and a water-soluble cellulose derivative, and contains polyvinyl alcohol. Alcohol and hydroxypropyl cellulose are further preferred, and polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone and hydroxypropyl cellulose are particularly preferred. The degree of hydrolysis of polyvinyl alcohol is not particularly limited, but is preferably 73 mol% to 99 mol% from the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, developability, resolving properties, and pattern forming properties. Moreover, it is preferable that polyvinyl alcohol contains ethylene as a monomer unit from a viewpoint of oxygen barrier property, developability, resolution property, and pattern formability.

從阻氧性、顯影性、所得到之光阻圖案的缺陷抑制性、解析性及靈敏度的觀點而言,上述聚乙烯醇的含量相對於上述中間層的總質量為10質量%~95質量%為較佳,30質量%~90質量%為更佳,50質量%~75質量%為特佳。The content of the polyvinyl alcohol is 10% by mass to 95% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties, developability, defect suppression of the obtained photoresist pattern, resolution and sensitivity. It is more preferable, 30 mass % - 90 mass % is more preferable, and 50 mass % - 75 mass % is especially preferable.

又,從阻氧性、顯影性、所得到之光阻圖案的缺陷抑制性、解析性及靈敏度的觀點而言,上述水溶性樹脂包含水溶性纖維素衍生物為較佳,包含羥烷基纖維素化合物為更佳,包含羥丙基纖維素為特佳。 從阻氧性、顯影性、所得到之光阻圖案的缺陷抑制性、解析性及靈敏度的觀點而言,上述羥丙基纖維素的含量相對於上述中間層的總質量為0.005質量%~20質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.5質量%~3質量%為特佳。 In addition, from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties, developability, defect suppression of the obtained photoresist pattern, resolving power and sensitivity, it is preferable that the above-mentioned water-soluble resin includes water-soluble cellulose derivatives, including hydroxyalkyl fiber More preferably, it is a vegetarian compound, and it is especially preferable to contain hydroxypropyl cellulose. The content of the hydroxypropyl cellulose is 0.005% by mass to 20% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties, developability, defect suppression of the obtained photoresist pattern, resolving power, and sensitivity. The mass % is more preferable, 0.01 mass % - 10 mass % is more preferable, 0.1 mass % - 5 mass % is still more preferable, and 0.5 mass % - 3 mass % is especially preferable.

此外,從阻氧性、顯影性、所得到之光阻圖案的缺陷抑制性、解析性及靈敏度的觀點而言,上述水溶性樹脂包含聚乙烯吡咯啶酮為較佳。 從阻氧性、顯影性、所得到之光阻圖案的缺陷抑制性、解析性及靈敏度的觀點而言,上述聚乙烯吡咯啶酮的含量相對於上述中間層的總質量為1質量%~60質量%為較佳,10質量%~50質量%為更佳,20質量%~45質量%為進一步較佳,25質量%~40質量%為特佳。 In addition, it is preferable that the water-soluble resin contains polyvinylpyrrolidone from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier property, developability, defect suppression property of the obtained photoresist pattern, resolution and sensitivity. The content of the polyvinylpyrrolidone is 1% by mass to 60% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties, developability, defect suppression of the obtained photoresist pattern, resolution and sensitivity. The mass % is more preferable, 10 mass % - 50 mass % is more preferable, 20 mass % - 45 mass % is still more preferable, and 25 mass % - 40 mass % is especially preferable.

中間層可以單獨包含一種或者包含兩種以上的樹脂。The intermediate layer may contain one kind of resin alone or two or more kinds of resins.

從阻氧性以及抑制塗佈複數層時及塗佈後保存時的成分的混合之觀點而言,中間層中的水溶性化合物的含有比例相對於中間層的總質量為50質量%~100質量%為較佳,70質量%~100質量%為更佳,80質量%~100質量%為進一步較佳,90質量%~100質量%為特佳。From the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties and suppression of mixing of components when applying multiple layers and when storing after coating, the content ratio of the water-soluble compound in the intermediate layer is 50% by mass to 100% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer % is more preferable, 70 mass % - 100 mass % is more preferable, 80 mass % - 100 mass % is more preferable, and 90 mass % - 100 mass % is especially preferable.

又,中間層根據需要可以包含添加劑。作為添加劑,例如可以舉出界面活性劑。Also, the intermediate layer may contain additives as needed. As an additive, a surfactant is mentioned, for example.

中間層的厚度並不受限制。中間層的平均厚度為0.1μm~5μm為較佳,0.5μm~3μm為更佳。藉由中間層的厚度在上述範圍內,不會使阻氧性下降,而能夠抑制形成複數個層時及保存時的成分的混合,並且,能夠抑制顯影時的中間層的去除時間的增大。The thickness of the intermediate layer is not limited. The average thickness of the intermediate layer is preferably 0.1 μm to 5 μm, more preferably 0.5 μm to 3 μm. When the thickness of the intermediate layer is within the above range, the oxygen barrier property is not reduced, and the mixing of components when forming multiple layers and during storage can be suppressed, and the increase in the removal time of the intermediate layer during development can be suppressed. .

中間層的形成方法只要為能夠形成包含上述成分之層之方法,則不受限制。作為中間層的形成方法,例如可以舉出在緩衝層或感光性樹脂層的表面塗佈中間層組成物之後對中間層組成物的塗膜進行乾燥之方法。The formation method of the intermediate layer is not limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components. As a method of forming the intermediate layer, for example, a method of drying the coating film of the intermediate layer composition after coating the intermediate layer composition on the surface of the buffer layer or the photosensitive resin layer is mentioned.

作為中間層組成物,例如可以舉出包含樹脂及任意的添加劑之組成物。為了調節中間層組成物的黏度而使得輕易形成中間層,中間層組成物包含溶劑為較佳。作為溶劑,只要為能夠溶解或分散樹脂之溶劑,則不受限制。溶劑為選自包括水及水混合性有機溶劑之群組中之至少一種為較佳,水或水與水混合性有機溶劑的混合溶劑為更佳。As an intermediate layer composition, the composition containing resin and arbitrary additives is mentioned, for example. In order to adjust the viscosity of the intermediate layer composition to easily form the intermediate layer, it is preferable that the intermediate layer composition contains a solvent. The solvent is not limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the resin. The solvent is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of water and water-miscible organic solvents, more preferably water or a mixed solvent of water and water-miscible organic solvents.

作為水混合性有機溶劑,例如可以舉出碳數為1~3的醇、丙酮、乙二醇及甘油。水混合性有機溶劑為碳數為1~3的醇為較佳,甲醇或乙醇為更佳。Examples of the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerin. The water-miscible organic solvent is preferably an alcohol having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably methanol or ethanol.

〔緩衝層〕 本揭示之感光性轉印材料具有緩衝層為較佳。感光性轉印材料在臨時支撐體與感光性樹脂層或中間層之間具有緩衝層為較佳。這是因為,藉由感光性轉印材料在臨時支撐體與感光性樹脂層或中間層之間具有緩衝層,對被黏物的追隨性提高而被黏物與感光性轉印材料之間的氣泡的混入被抑制,其結果,層間的密接性提高。 〔The buffer layer〕 The photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein preferably has a buffer layer. The photosensitive transfer material preferably has a buffer layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer or intermediate layer. This is because, since the photosensitive transfer material has a buffer layer between the temporary support body and the photosensitive resin layer or the intermediate layer, the followability to the adherend is improved and the adhesion between the adherend and the photosensitive transfer material is improved. The mixing of air bubbles is suppressed, and as a result, the adhesion between layers is improved.

緩衝層包含鹼可溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑為較佳。 作為用於緩衝層之鹼可溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑,能夠較佳地使用用於上述感光性樹脂層之鹼可溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑。 The buffer layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator. As the alkali-soluble resin, polymerizable compound, and photopolymerization initiator used for the buffer layer, the alkali-soluble resin, polymerizable compound, and photopolymerization initiator used for the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer can be preferably used.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,例如可以舉出丙烯酸樹脂、聚苯乙烯樹脂、苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物、聚胺酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯甲醛、聚醯胺樹脂、聚酯樹脂、環氧樹脂、聚縮醛樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚苯并㗁唑樹脂、聚矽氧烷樹脂、聚乙亞胺、聚烯丙基胺及聚伸烷基二醇。Examples of alkali-soluble resins include acrylic resins, polystyrene resins, styrene-acrylic acid copolymers, polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formaldehyde, polyamide resins, polyester resins, epoxy resins, polycondensate resins, and polystyrene resins. Aldehyde resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polyimide resin, polybenzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine and polyalkylene glycol.

從顯影性及與和緩衝層鄰接的層的密接性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂為丙烯酸樹脂為較佳。在此,“丙烯酸樹脂”係指具有選自包括來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元、來自於(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元及來自於(甲基)丙烯酸醯胺之構成單元之群組中之至少一種之樹脂。The alkali-soluble resin is preferably an acrylic resin from the viewpoint of developability and adhesiveness to the layer adjacent to the buffer layer. Here, "acrylic resin" refers to a group having a constituent unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid, a constituent unit derived from (meth)acrylate, and a constituent unit derived from (meth)acrylamide. At least one resin in the group.

在丙烯酸樹脂中,來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元、來自於(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元及來自於(甲基)丙烯酸醯胺之構成單元的合計含量的比例相對於丙烯酸樹脂的總質量為50質量%以上為較佳。在丙烯酸樹脂中,來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元及來自於(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元的合計含量的比例相對於丙烯酸樹脂的總質量為30質量%~100質量%為較佳,50質量%~100質量%為更佳。In the acrylic resin, the ratio of the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid, the structural unit derived from (meth)acrylate, and the structural unit derived from (meth)acrylamide relative to the content of the acrylic resin The total mass is preferably 50% by mass or more. In the acrylic resin, the ratio of the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from (meth)acrylate is preferably 30% by mass to 100% by mass based on the total mass of the acrylic resin , 50% by mass to 100% by mass is more preferable.

又,鹼可溶性樹脂為具有酸基之聚合物為較佳。作為酸基,例如可以舉出羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基及膦酸基,羧基為較佳。Also, it is preferable that the alkali-soluble resin is a polymer having an acid group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group, and a carboxyl group is preferred.

從顯影性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂為酸值60mgKOH/g以上的鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳,酸值60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂為更佳。酸值的上限並不受限制。鹼可溶性樹脂的酸值為200mgKOH/g以下為較佳,150mgKOH/g以下為更佳。From the viewpoint of developability, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably an alkali-soluble resin with an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably a carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin with an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit of the acid value is not limited. The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably at most 200 mgKOH/g, more preferably at most 150 mgKOH/g.

作為酸值為60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂,並不受限制,能夠從公知的樹脂中適當選擇使用。作為酸值為60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂,例如可以舉出日本特開2011-95716號公報的0025段落中所記載之聚合物之中酸值為60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂、日本特開2010-237589號公報的0033段落~0052段落中所記載之聚合物之中酸值為60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂及日本特開2016-224162號公報的0053段落~0068段落中所記載之黏合劑聚合物之中酸值為60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂。The carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more is not limited, and can be appropriately selected from known resins for use. Examples of the carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more include carboxyl group-containing acrylic acid resins having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more among polymers described in paragraph 0025 of JP-A-2011-95716 Resin, a carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more among polymers described in paragraphs 0033 to 0052 of JP-A No. 2010-237589, and paragraphs 0053-0053 of JP-A No. 2016-224162 Among the binder polymers described in paragraph 0068, an acrylic resin containing a carboxyl group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more.

含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂中的具有羧基之構成單元的含有比例相對於含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂的總質量為5質量%~50質量%為較佳,10質量%~40質量%為更佳,12質量%~30質量%為特佳。The content ratio of the structural unit having a carboxyl group in the carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, and 12% by mass to the total mass of the carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin. % to 30% by mass is particularly preferred.

從顯影性及與和緩衝層鄰接的層的密接性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂為具有來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元之丙烯酸樹脂為特佳。The alkali-soluble resin is particularly preferably an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid from the viewpoint of developability and adhesiveness to the layer adjacent to the buffer layer.

鹼可溶性樹脂可以具有反應性基。反應性基例如為能夠加成聚合之基即可。作為反應性基,例如可以舉出乙烯性不飽和基、縮聚性基(例如,羥基及羧基)及聚加成反應性基(例如,環氧基及(封端)異氰酸酯基)。Alkali-soluble resins may have reactive groups. The reactive group may be, for example, a group capable of addition polymerization. Examples of the reactive group include ethylenically unsaturated groups, polycondensable groups (for example, hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups), and polyaddition reactive groups (for example, epoxy groups and (blocked) isocyanate groups).

鹼可溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)為1,000以上為較佳,1萬~10萬為更佳,2萬~5萬為特佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, and most preferably 20,000 to 50,000.

緩衝層可以單獨包含一種或兩種以上的鹼可溶性樹脂。The buffer layer may contain alone or two or more alkali-soluble resins.

從顯影性及與和緩衝層鄰接的層的密接性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂的含有比例相對於緩衝層的總質量為10質量%~99質量%為較佳,20質量%~90質量%為更佳,40質量%~80質量%為進一步較佳,50質量%~70質量%為特佳。From the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the buffer layer, the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10% by mass to 99% by mass, and 20% by mass to 90% by mass relative to the total mass of the buffer layer. % is more preferred, 40% by mass to 80% by mass is still more preferred, and 50% by mass to 70% by mass is particularly preferred.

緩衝層包含顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm內的最大吸收波長為450nm以上且最大吸收波長藉由酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化之色素(以下,有時稱為“色素B”。)為較佳。色素B的較佳態樣除了後述之點以外,與上述之色素N的較佳態樣相同。The buffer layer contains a pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength is 450nm or more in the wavelength range of 400nm to 780nm during color development, and the maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid, alkali or free radicals (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "dye B"). is better. A preferred aspect of the dye B is the same as that of the aforementioned preferred aspect of the dye N except for the points described later.

從曝光部的可見性、非曝光部的可見性及解析性的觀點而言,色素B為最大吸收波長藉由酸或自由基而發生變化之色素為較佳,最大吸收波長藉由酸而發生變化之色素為更佳。From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed area, the visibility of the non-exposed area, and the resolution, the pigment B is preferably a pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or a free radical, and the maximum absorption wavelength is generated by an acid. Varying pigments are more preferred.

從曝光部的可見性、非曝光部的可見性及解析性的觀點而言,緩衝層包含最大吸收波長藉由酸而發生變化之色素作為色素B且包含藉由後述之光而產生酸之化合物為較佳。From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part, the visibility of the non-exposed part, and the resolution, the buffer layer contains a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid as the dye B and a compound that generates an acid by light described later. is better.

緩衝層可以單獨包含一種或兩種以上的色素B。The buffer layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of pigment B alone.

從曝光部的可見性、非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,色素B的含有比例相對於緩衝層的總質量為0.2質量%以上為較佳,0.2質量%~6質量%為更佳,0.2質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.25質量%~3.0質量%為特佳。From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed area and the visibility of the non-exposed area, the content of the pigment B is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.2% by mass to 6% by mass, based on the total mass of the buffer layer. 0.2 mass % - 5 mass % is more preferable, and 0.25 mass % - 3.0 mass % is especially preferable.

在此,色素B的含有比例係指使緩衝層中所包含之色素B全部成為顯色狀態時的色素的含有比例。以下,以藉由自由基而顯色之色素為例子,對色素B的含有比例的定量方法進行說明。製備在甲基乙基酮(100mL)中分別溶解色素(0.001g)及色素(0.01g)而成之兩種溶液。向所得到之各溶液中加入作為光自由基聚合起始劑之IRGACURE OXE-01(BASF公司)之後,藉由照射365nm的光而產生自由基,使所有色素成為顯色狀態。接著,在大氣環境下,使用分光光度計(UV3100,Shimadzu Corporation)測量液溫為25℃的各溶液的吸光度,並製作校準曲線。接著,代替色素而將緩衝層(0.1g)溶解於甲基乙基酮,除此以外,利用與上述相同的方法測量使色素全部顯色之溶液的吸光度。依據校準曲線,由所得到之含有緩衝層之溶液的吸光度計算出緩衝層中所包含之色素的量。Here, the content ratio of the dye B refers to the content ratio of the dye when all the dye B contained in the buffer layer is in a colored state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content ratio of the dye B will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. Two solutions were prepared by dissolving a dye (0.001 g) and a dye (0.01 g) in methyl ethyl ketone (100 mL), respectively. After adding IRGACURE OXE-01 (BASF Corporation) as a photoradical polymerization initiator to each of the obtained solutions, radicals were generated by irradiating light of 365 nm, and all the pigments were brought into a color-developed state. Next, under the atmospheric environment, the absorbance of each solution at a liquid temperature of 25° C. was measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, Shimadzu Corporation), and a calibration curve was prepared. Next, except for dissolving the buffer layer (0.1 g) in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye, the absorbance of the solution in which all the dye was developed was measured by the same method as above. According to the calibration curve, the amount of the pigment contained in the buffer layer was calculated from the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the buffer layer.

緩衝層可以包含藉由光而產生酸、鹼或自由基之化合物(以下,有時稱為“化合物C”。)。化合物C為受到活性光線(例如,紫外線及可見光線)而產生酸、鹼或自由基之化合物為較佳。作為化合物C,可以舉出公知的光酸產生劑、光鹼產生劑及光自由基聚合起始劑(光自由基產生劑)。化合物C為光酸產生劑為較佳。The buffer layer may contain a compound (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "compound C") that generates an acid, a base, or a radical by light. Compound C is preferably a compound that generates acid, base or free radicals upon exposure to active light (for example, ultraviolet light and visible light). Examples of the compound C include known photoacid generators, photobase generators, and photoradical polymerization initiators (photoradical generators). Compound C is preferably a photoacid generator.

從解析性的觀點而言,緩衝層包含光酸產生劑為較佳。作為光酸產生劑,可以舉出上述之感光性樹脂層中可以包含之光陽離子聚合起始劑,除了後述之點以外,較佳態樣亦相同。From an analytical point of view, it is preferable that the buffer layer contains a photoacid generator. As a photoacid generator, the photocationic polymerization initiator which can be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer is mentioned, and a preferable aspect is the same except the point mentioned later.

從靈敏度及解析性的觀點而言,光酸產生劑包含選自包括鎓鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物之群組中之至少一種為較佳,從靈敏度、解析性及密接性的觀點而言,包含肟磺酸鹽化合物為更佳。From the viewpoints of sensitivity and resolution, it is preferable that the photoacid generator comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of onium salt compounds and oxime sulfonate compounds. , It is more preferable to contain an oxime sulfonate compound.

又,光酸產生劑為具有以下結構之光酸產生劑亦為較佳。Moreover, it is also preferable that a photoacid generator is a photoacid generator which has the following structures.

[化18] [chemical 18]

緩衝層可以包含光鹼產生劑。作為光鹼產生劑,例如可以舉出2-硝基苄基環己基胺甲酸酯、三苯基甲醇、O-胺甲醯基羥基醯胺、O-胺甲醯基肟、[[(2,6-二硝基苄基)氧基]羰基]環己基胺、雙[[(2-硝基苄基)氧基]羰基]己烷-1,6-二胺、4-(甲硫基苯甲醯基)-1-甲基-1-口末啉基乙烷、(4-口末啉基苯甲醯基)-1-苄基-1-二甲基胺基丙烷、N-(2-硝基苄氧基羰基)吡咯啶、六胺合鈷(III)三(三苯基甲基硼酸鹽)、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-口末啉基苯基)丁酮、2,6-二甲基-3,5-二乙醯基-4-(2-硝基苯基)-1,4-二氫吡啶及2,6-二甲基-3,5-二乙醯基-4-(2,4-二硝基苯基)-1,4-二氫吡啶。The buffer layer may contain a photobase generator. As the photobase generating agent, for example, 2-nitrobenzylcyclohexylcarbamate, triphenylmethanol, O-carbamoyl hydroxyamide, O-carbamoyl oxime, [[(2 ,6-dinitrobenzyl)oxy]carbonyl]cyclohexylamine, bis[[(2-nitrobenzyl)oxy]carbonyl]hexane-1,6-diamine, 4-(methylthio Benzoyl)-1-methyl-1-pornolinylethane, (4-pornoylbenzoyl)-1-benzyl-1-dimethylaminopropane, N-( 2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl)pyrrolidine, hexaaminecobalt(III) tris(triphenylmethylborate), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4- (Phenylphenyl) butanone, 2,6-dimethyl-3,5-diacetyl-4-(2-nitrophenyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine and 2,6-dimethyl Diacetyl-3,5-diacetyl-4-(2,4-dinitrophenyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine.

緩衝層可以包含光自由基聚合起始劑。作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出上述感光性樹脂層中可以包含之光自由基聚合起始劑,較佳態樣亦相同。The buffer layer may contain a photoradical polymerization initiator. As a photoradical polymerization initiator, the photoradical polymerization initiator which may be contained in the said photosensitive resin layer is mentioned, for example, and a preferable aspect is also the same.

緩衝層可以單獨包含一種或兩種以上的化合物C。The buffer layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of Compound C alone.

從曝光部的可見性、非曝光部的可見性及解析性的觀點而言,化合物C的含有比例相對於緩衝層的總質量為0.1質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.5質量%~5質量%為更佳。From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed area, the visibility of the non-exposed area, and the resolution, the content of the compound C is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, and 0.5% by mass to 5% by mass relative to the total mass of the buffer layer. Quality % is better.

從解析性、與和緩衝層鄰接之層的密接性及顯影性的觀點而言,緩衝層包含塑化劑為較佳。It is preferable that a buffer layer contains a plasticizer from a viewpoint of resolution, the adhesiveness of the layer adjacent to a buffer layer, and developability.

塑化劑的分子量(關於寡聚物或聚合物的分子量,係指重量平均分子量(Mw)。以下,在本段落中相同。)小於鹼可溶性樹脂的分子量為較佳。塑化劑的分子量為200~2,000為較佳。The molecular weight of the plasticizer (the molecular weight of the oligomer or polymer refers to the weight average molecular weight (Mw). Hereinafter, the same applies in this paragraph.) is preferably smaller than that of the alkali-soluble resin. The molecular weight of the plasticizer is preferably 200-2,000.

塑化劑只要為與鹼可溶性樹脂相容而顯現可塑性之化合物,則不受限制。從賦予可塑性之觀點而言,塑化劑為在分子中具有伸烷氧基之化合物為較佳,聚伸烷基二醇化合物為更佳。塑化劑中所包含之伸烷氧基具有聚伸乙氧基結構或聚伸丙氧基結構為較佳。The plasticizer is not limited as long as it is a compound compatible with the alkali-soluble resin and exhibits plasticity. From the viewpoint of imparting plasticity, the plasticizer is preferably a compound having an alkyleneoxy group in the molecule, more preferably a polyalkylene glycol compound. It is preferable that the alkyleneoxy group contained in the plasticizer has a polyethoxyl structure or a polypropoxyl structure.

從解析性及保存穩定性的觀點而言,塑化劑包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。從相容性、解析性及與和緩衝層鄰接的層的密接性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂為丙烯酸樹脂且塑化劑包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。It is preferable that a plasticizer contains a (meth)acrylate compound from a viewpoint of analytical property and storage stability. From the viewpoint of compatibility, resolution, and adhesiveness to the layer adjacent to the buffer layer, it is more preferable that the alkali-soluble resin is an acrylic resin and that the plasticizer contains a (meth)acrylate compound.

作為用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,例如可以舉出在上述乙烯性不飽和化合物中所記載之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。當在感光性轉印材料中緩衝層與感光性樹脂層直接接觸而配置時,緩衝層及感光性樹脂層分別包含相同的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。這是因為,藉由緩衝層及感光性樹脂層分別包含相同的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,層間的成分擴散被抑制,保存穩定性提高。As a (meth)acrylate compound used as a plasticizer, the (meth)acrylate compound described in the said ethylenically unsaturated compound is mentioned, for example. When the buffer layer and the photosensitive resin layer are arranged in direct contact with each other in the photosensitive transfer material, it is preferable that the buffer layer and the photosensitive resin layer each contain the same (meth)acrylate compound. This is because, when the buffer layer and the photosensitive resin layer each contain the same (meth)acrylate compound, interlayer component diffusion is suppressed and storage stability improves.

當緩衝層包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物作為塑化劑時,從與和緩衝層鄰接的層的密接性的觀點而言,(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物在曝光後的曝光部亦不聚合為較佳。When the buffer layer contains a (meth)acrylate compound as a plasticizer, the (meth)acrylate compound does not polymerize at the exposed portion after exposure from the viewpoint of adhesion to the layer adjacent to the buffer layer. better.

在某一實施形態中,從解析性、與和緩衝層鄰接之層的密接性及顯影性的觀點而言,用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為在一個分子中具有2個以上的(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。In a certain embodiment, the (meth)acrylate compound used as a plasticizer has two The above (meth)acryl (meth)acrylate compounds are preferred.

在某一實施形態中,用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為具有酸基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物或胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。In a certain embodiment, it is preferable that the (meth)acrylate compound used as a plasticizer is a (meth)acrylate compound or a urethane (meth)acrylate compound which has an acid group.

緩衝層可以單獨包含一種或兩種以上的塑化劑。The buffer layer may contain alone or two or more plasticizers.

從解析性、與和緩衝層鄰接的層的密接性及顯影性的觀點而言,塑化劑的含有比例相對於緩衝層的總質量為1質量%~70質量%為較佳,10質量%~60質量%為更佳,20質量%~50質量%為特佳。From the viewpoint of resolution, adhesion to the layer adjacent to the buffer layer, and developability, the content of the plasticizer is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass relative to the total mass of the buffer layer, and 10% by mass -60% by mass is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 50% by mass is particularly preferred.

從厚度的均勻性的觀點而言,緩衝層包含界面活性劑為較佳。作為界面活性劑,例如可以舉出上述之感光性樹脂層中可以包含之界面活性劑,較佳態樣亦相同。From the viewpoint of thickness uniformity, it is preferable that the buffer layer contains a surfactant. As a surfactant, the surfactant which can be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer is mentioned, for example, and a preferable aspect is also the same.

緩衝層可以單獨包含一種或兩種以上的界面活性劑。The buffer layer may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of surfactants.

界面活性劑的含有比例相對於緩衝層的總質量為0.001質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~3質量%為更佳。The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, relative to the total mass of the buffer layer.

緩衝層可以包含增感劑。作為增感劑,例如可以舉出上述之負型感光性樹脂層中可以包含之增感劑。The buffer layer may contain a sensitizer. As a sensitizer, the sensitizer which can be contained in the above-mentioned negative photosensitive resin layer is mentioned, for example.

緩衝層可以單獨包含一種或兩種以上的增感劑。The buffer layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of sensitizers alone.

從提高對光源的靈敏度、曝光部的可見性及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,增感劑的含有比例相對於緩衝層的總質量為0.01質量%~5質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~1質量%為更佳。From the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source, the visibility of the exposed part, and the visibility of the non-exposed part, the content ratio of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 mass % to 5 mass % with respect to the total mass of the buffer layer, and 0.05 Mass % - 1 mass % is more preferable.

緩衝層除了上述成分以外,根據需要可以包含公知的添加劑。The buffer layer may contain known additives as necessary in addition to the above components.

又,關於緩衝層,記載於日本特開2014-85643號公報的0189段落~0193段落中。上述公報的內容藉由參閱而被編入本說明書中。Moreover, about a buffer layer, it describes in paragraph 0189 - 0193 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2014-85643. The contents of the above publications are incorporated into this specification by referring to them.

緩衝層的厚度並不受限制。從與和緩衝層鄰接的層的密接性的觀點而言,緩衝層的平均厚度為1μm以上為較佳,2μm以上為更佳。緩衝層的平均厚度的上限並不受限制。從顯影性及解析性的觀點而言,緩衝層的平均厚度為20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,5μm以下為特佳。The thickness of the buffer layer is not limited. From the viewpoint of adhesiveness to the layer adjacent to the buffer layer, the average thickness of the buffer layer is preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 2 μm or more. The upper limit of the average thickness of the buffer layer is not limited. From the viewpoint of developability and resolution, the average thickness of the buffer layer is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and particularly preferably 5 μm or less.

緩衝層的形成方法只要為能夠形成包含上述成分之層之方法,則不受限制。作為緩衝層的形成方法,例如可以舉出在臨時支撐體的表面塗佈緩衝層形成用組成物並對緩衝層形成用組成物的塗膜進行乾燥之方法。The method for forming the buffer layer is not limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components. As a method of forming a buffer layer, for example, a method of applying a composition for forming a buffer layer on the surface of a temporary support and drying the coating film of the composition for forming a buffer layer is exemplified.

作為緩衝層形成用組成物,例如可以舉出包含上述成分之組成物。為了調節緩衝層形成用組成物的黏度而使得輕易形成緩衝層,緩衝層形成用組成物包含溶劑為較佳。As a composition for buffer layer formation, the composition containing the said component is mentioned, for example. In order to easily form a buffer layer by adjusting the viscosity of the buffer layer-forming composition, it is preferable that the buffer layer-forming composition contains a solvent.

作為緩衝層形成用組成物中所包含之溶劑,只要為能夠溶解或分散緩衝層中所包含之成分之溶劑,則不受限制。作為溶劑,可以舉出上述之感光性樹脂組成物可以包含之溶劑,較佳態樣亦相同。The solvent contained in the buffer layer forming composition is not limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the components contained in the buffer layer. Examples of the solvent include solvents that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition, and the same is true for preferred aspects.

緩衝層形成用組成物可以單獨包含一種或兩種以上的溶劑。The composition for forming a buffer layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of solvents alone.

緩衝層形成用組成物中的溶劑的含有比例相對於緩衝層形成用組成物中的總固體成分100質量份為50質量份~1,900質量份為較佳,100質量份~900質量份為更佳。The content ratio of the solvent in the buffer layer forming composition is preferably 50 to 1,900 parts by mass, more preferably 100 to 900 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the buffer layer forming composition. .

緩衝層形成用組成物的製備及緩衝層的形成只要依照上述之感光性樹脂組成物的製備方法及負型感光性樹脂層的形成方法進行即可。例如,藉由事先準備將緩衝層中所包含之各成分溶解於溶劑而成之溶液並以既定的比例混合所得到之各溶液而製備緩衝層形成用組成物之後,將所得到之緩衝層形成用組成物塗佈於臨時支撐體的表面並使緩衝層形成用組成物的塗膜乾燥,藉此能夠形成緩衝層。又,亦可以在保護膜上形成感光性樹脂層之後,在感光性樹脂層的表面形成緩衝層。The preparation of the buffer layer forming composition and the formation of the buffer layer may be carried out in accordance with the above-mentioned preparation method of the photosensitive resin composition and the formation method of the negative photosensitive resin layer. For example, after preparing a composition for forming a buffer layer by preparing a solution in which each component contained in the buffer layer is dissolved in a solvent and mixing the obtained solutions in a predetermined ratio, the resulting buffer layer is formed The buffer layer can be formed by applying the composition to the surface of the temporary support and drying the coating film of the buffer layer forming composition. Moreover, after forming a photosensitive resin layer on a protective film, you may form a buffer layer on the surface of a photosensitive resin layer.

〔保護膜〕 感光性轉印材料具有保護膜為較佳。 另外,保護膜不包含於上述轉印層中。 感光性樹脂層與保護膜直接接觸為較佳。 〔Protective film〕 It is preferable that the photosensitive transfer material has a protective film. In addition, a protective film is not contained in the said transfer layer. It is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer is in direct contact with the protective film.

作為構成保護膜之材料,可以舉出樹脂薄膜及紙,從強度及可撓性的觀點而言,樹脂薄膜為較佳。 作為樹脂薄膜,可以舉出聚乙烯薄膜、聚丙烯薄膜、聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜、三乙酸纖維素薄膜、聚苯乙烯薄膜及聚碳酸酯薄膜。其中,聚乙烯薄膜、聚丙烯薄膜或聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜為較佳。 Examples of the material constituting the protective film include resin films and paper, and resin films are preferred from the viewpoint of strength and flexibility. Examples of the resin film include a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, a polyethylene terephthalate film, a cellulose triacetate film, a polystyrene film, and a polycarbonate film. Among them, polyethylene film, polypropylene film or polyethylene terephthalate film is preferred.

保護膜的厚度(層厚)並不受特別限制,但5μm~100μm為較佳,10μm~50μm為更佳。 從輸送性、光阻圖案的缺陷抑制性及解析性的觀點而言,保護膜中的與上述感光性樹脂層側相反的一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為保護膜中的上述感光性樹脂層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra以下為較佳,小於保護膜中的上述感光性樹脂層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為更佳。 從輸送性及捲取性的觀點而言,保護膜中的與上述感光性樹脂層側相反的一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為300nm以下為較佳,100nm以下為更佳,70nm以下為進一步較佳,50nm以下為特佳。 又,從解析性更優異的觀點而言,保護膜中的上述感光性樹脂層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為300nm以下為較佳,100nm以下為更佳,70nm以下為進一步較佳,50nm以下為特佳。認為這是由於,藉由保護膜的表面的Ra值在上述範圍內,感光性樹脂層及所形成之光阻圖案的層厚的均勻性提高。 保護膜的表面的Ra值的下限並不受特別限制,但兩面均分別為1nm以上為較佳,10nm以上為更佳,20nm以上為特佳。 又,保護膜的剝離力小於臨時支撐體的剝離力為較佳。 The thickness (layer thickness) of the protective film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 10 μm to 50 μm. The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the protective film on the side opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is the above-mentioned photosensitivity in the protective film from the viewpoint of transportability, defect suppression of the photoresist pattern, and resolution. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the side of the resin layer is preferably at most, and it is more preferably smaller than the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the side of the photosensitive resin layer in the protective film. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the protective film on the side opposite to the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 300 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less, and 70 nm or less from the viewpoint of conveyance and take-up properties. More preferably, the thickness of 50 nm or less is particularly preferable. Also, from the standpoint of better resolution, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the photosensitive resin layer side in the protective film is preferably 300 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less, still more preferably 70 nm or less, Below 50nm is especially good. This is considered to be because the uniformity of the layer thickness of the photosensitive resin layer and the formed resist pattern improves when the Ra value of the surface of a protective film exists in the said range. The lower limit of the Ra value of the surface of the protective film is not particularly limited, but both sides are preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more, and particularly preferably 20 nm or more. Moreover, it is preferable that the peeling force of a protective film is smaller than the peeling force of a temporary support body.

感光性轉印材料可以具備除上述之層以外的層(以下,亦稱為“其他層”。)。作為其他層,例如可以舉出對比度增強層(contrast enhancement layer)。 關於對比度增強層,記載於國際公開第2018/179640號的0134段落中。又,關於其他層,記載於日本特開2014-85643號公報的0194~0196段落中。該等公報的內容被編入本說明書中。 The photosensitive transfer material may include layers (hereinafter also referred to as "other layers") other than the above-mentioned layers. As another layer, a contrast enhancement layer (contrast enhancement layer) is mentioned, for example. Regarding the contrast enhancement layer, it is described in paragraph 0134 of International Publication No. 2018/179640. Moreover, about another layer, it describes in paragraphs 0194-0196 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2014-85643. The contents of these publications are incorporated into this specification.

感光性轉印材料的總厚度為5μm~55μm為較佳,10μm~50μm為更佳,20μm~40μm為特佳。感光性轉印材料的總厚度藉由依照上述各層的厚度的測量方法之方法進行測量。 從進一步發揮本揭示中的效果之觀點而言,感光性轉印材料中的除臨時支撐體及保護膜以外的各層的總厚度為20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,8μm以下為進一步較佳,2μm以上8μm以下為特佳。 又,從進一步發揮本揭示中的效果之觀點而言,感光性轉印材料中的感光性樹脂層、中間層及緩衝層的總厚度為20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,8μm以下為進一步較佳,2μm以上且8μm以下為特佳。 The total thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is preferably 5 μm to 55 μm, more preferably 10 μm to 50 μm, and most preferably 20 μm to 40 μm. The total thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is measured by the method according to the method of measuring the thickness of each layer described above. From the viewpoint of further exerting the effects of the present disclosure, the total thickness of the layers in the photosensitive transfer material other than the temporary support and the protective film is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and further preferably 8 μm or less. More preferably, 2 μm or more and 8 μm or less are particularly preferred. Also, from the viewpoint of further exerting the effects of the present disclosure, the total thickness of the photosensitive resin layer, intermediate layer, and buffer layer in the photosensitive transfer material is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and 8 μm or less More preferably, it is more than 2 μm and 8 μm or less.

〔感光性轉印材料的製造方法〕 本揭示之感光性轉印材料的製造方法並不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的製造方法例如公知的各層的形成方法。 [Manufacturing method of photosensitive transfer material] The method of manufacturing the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and known manufacturing methods such as known methods for forming each layer can be used.

作為上述感光性轉印材料之製造方法,例如可以舉出包括如下步驟之方法:在臨時支撐體的表面塗佈中間層組成物之後,使中間層組成物的塗膜乾燥而形成中間層之步驟;及在中間層的表面塗佈感光性樹脂組成物之後,使感光性樹脂組成物的塗膜乾燥而形成感光性樹脂層之步驟。As a method for producing the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material, for example, a method including a step of coating an intermediate layer composition on the surface of a temporary support and drying the coating film of the intermediate layer composition to form an intermediate layer ; and after coating the photosensitive resin composition on the surface of the intermediate layer, drying the coating film of the photosensitive resin composition to form a photosensitive resin layer.

藉由在利用上述製造方法製造之積層體的感光性樹脂層上壓接保護膜來製造感光性轉印材料。 作為本揭示之感光性轉印材料之製造方法,藉由包括以與感光性樹脂層的與臨時支撐體側相反的一側的面接觸之方式設置保護膜之步驟來製造具備臨時支撐體、中間層、感光性樹脂層及保護膜之感光性轉印材料為較佳。 藉由上述製造方法而製造感光性轉印材料之後,可以藉由捲取感光性轉印材料來製作及保管卷形態的感光性轉印材料。卷形態的感光性轉印材料能夠以該形態直接提供到後述之卷對卷方式的與基板貼合之步驟。 A photosensitive transfer material is produced by crimping a protective film on the photosensitive resin layer of the laminate produced by the above production method. As the method for producing the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure, a temporary support, an intermediate The photosensitive transfer material of layer, photosensitive resin layer and protective film is preferable. After the photosensitive transfer material is produced by the above-mentioned production method, the photosensitive transfer material in roll form can be produced and stored by winding up the photosensitive transfer material. The roll-form photosensitive transfer material can be directly supplied to the process of bonding with the board|substrate of the roll-to-roll system mentioned later in this form.

本揭示之感光性轉印材料能夠較佳地用於需要基於光微影之精密微細加工之各種用途。在將感光性樹脂層進行圖案化之後,可以將感光性樹脂層作為被膜進行蝕刻,亦可以進行以電鍍為主體之電鑄。又,藉由圖案化而得到之硬化膜可以用作永久膜,例如可以用作層間絕緣膜、配線保護膜、具有折射率匹配層之配線保護膜等。又,本揭示之感光性轉印材料能夠較佳地用於半導體封裝、印刷基板、感測器基板的各種配線形成用途、觸控面板、電磁波屏蔽材料、薄膜加熱器之類的導電性薄膜、液晶密封材料、微機械或微電子領域中的結構物的形成等用途。The photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure can be preferably used in various applications that require precise microfabrication based on photolithography. After patterning the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer may be etched as a film, or electroforming mainly involving electroplating may be performed. Moreover, the cured film obtained by patterning can be used as a permanent film, for example, can be used as an interlayer insulating film, a wiring protection film, a wiring protection film which has a refractive index matching layer, etc. In addition, the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure can be suitably used for semiconductor packages, printed circuit boards, various wiring formation applications of sensor substrates, conductive films such as touch panels, electromagnetic wave shielding materials, and film heaters, Liquid crystal sealing materials, formation of structures in the field of micromechanics or microelectronics, etc.

又,本揭示之感光性轉印材料還可以較佳地舉出感光性樹脂層為包含顏料之著色樹脂層的態樣。 作為著色樹脂層的用途,除了上述以外,例如適合於形成液晶顯示裝置(LCD)以及固體攝像元件〔例如,CCD(charge-coupled device:電荷耦合元件)及CMOS(complementary metal oxide semiconductor:互補式金屬氧化物半導體)〕中使用之濾色器等的著色像素或黑矩陣之用途。 關於著色樹脂層中的除顏料以外的態樣,與上述態樣相同。 Moreover, the photosensitive transfer material of this indication can also mention the aspect in which the photosensitive resin layer is the colored resin layer containing a pigment preferably. As the use of the colored resin layer, in addition to the above, it is suitable for forming a liquid crystal display device (LCD) and a solid-state imaging device [for example, CCD (charge-coupled device: charge-coupled device) and CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor: complementary metal Oxide Semiconductor)] used in colored pixels or black matrices such as color filters. About the aspects other than the pigment in the colored resin layer, it is the same as the above-mentioned aspect.

<顏料> 感光性樹脂層可以成為包含顏料之著色樹脂層。 近年來,電子機器所具有之液晶顯示窗上有時為了保護液晶顯示窗而安裝有在透明的玻璃基板等的背面周緣部形成有黑色的框狀遮光層之蓋玻璃(cover glass)。為了形成這種遮光層,能夠使用著色樹脂層。 作為顏料,只要根據所期望的色相適當選擇即可,能夠從黑色顏料、白色顏料、除黑色及白色以外的彩色顏料中選擇。其中,當形成黑色系的圖案時,作為顏料,較佳地選擇黑色顏料。 <Pigment> The photosensitive resin layer may be a colored resin layer containing a pigment. In recent years, a cover glass having a black frame-shaped light-shielding layer formed on the back peripheral portion of a transparent glass substrate or the like is sometimes attached to a liquid crystal display window of an electronic device in order to protect the liquid crystal display window. In order to form such a light-shielding layer, a colored resin layer can be used. As a pigment, what is necessary is just to select suitably according to desired hue, and can select from black pigment, white pigment, and color pigments other than black and white. Among them, when forming a black-based pattern, it is preferable to select a black pigment as the pigment.

作為黑色顏料,只要在不損害本揭示中的效果之範圍內,則能夠適當選擇公知的黑色顏料(有機顏料或無機顏料等)。其中,從光學濃度的觀點而言,作為黑色顏料,例如可以較佳地舉出碳黑、氧化鈦、碳化鈦、氧化鐵、氧化鈦及石墨等,碳黑為特佳。作為碳黑,從表面電阻的觀點而言,表面的至少一部分被樹脂被覆之碳黑為較佳。Known black pigments (organic pigments, inorganic pigments, etc.) can be appropriately selected as the black pigment within a range that does not impair the effects of the present disclosure. Among them, from the viewpoint of optical density, examples of the black pigment include preferably carbon black, titanium oxide, titanium carbide, iron oxide, titanium oxide, and graphite, and carbon black is particularly preferred. As the carbon black, carbon black whose surface is at least partially covered with a resin is preferable from the viewpoint of surface resistance.

從分散穩定性的觀點而言,黑色顏料的粒徑以數量平均粒徑計為0.001μm~0.1μm為較佳,0.01μm~0.08μm為更佳。 在此,粒徑係指根據用電子顯微鏡拍攝之顏料粒子的照片圖像求出顏料粒子的面積並考慮與顏料粒子的面積相同面積的圓時的圓的直徑,數量平均粒徑係對任意100個粒子求出上述粒徑並將所求出之100個粒徑進行平均而得到之平均值。 From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the particle size of the black pigment is preferably from 0.001 μm to 0.1 μm, more preferably from 0.01 μm to 0.08 μm, as a number average particle size. Here, the particle diameter refers to the diameter of a circle when the area of the pigment particle is calculated from the photo image of the pigment particle taken by an electron microscope and a circle having the same area as the area of the pigment particle is considered, and the number average particle diameter refers to an arbitrary 100 The average value obtained by obtaining the above-mentioned particle diameter for each particle and averaging the obtained particle diameters of 100 particles.

作為除黑色顏料以外的顏料,關於白色顏料,能夠使用日本特開2005-007765號公報的0015及0114段落中所記載之白色顏料。具體而言,在白色顏料之中,作為無機顏料,氧化鈦、氧化鋅、鋅鋇白、輕質碳酸鈣、白碳、氧化鋁、氫氧化鋁或硫酸鋇為較佳,氧化鈦或氧化鋅為更佳,氧化鈦為進一步較佳。作為無機顏料,金紅石型或銳鈦礦型的氧化鈦為進一步較佳,金紅石型的氧化鈦為特佳。 又,氧化鈦的表面可以實施二氧化矽處理、氧化鋁處理、二氧化鈦處理、二氧化鋯處理或有機物處理,亦可以實施兩種以上的處理。藉此,氧化鈦的觸媒活性被抑制,耐熱性及褪光性等得到改善。 從使加熱後的感光性樹脂層的厚度變薄之觀點而言,作為對氧化鈦的表面之表面處理,氧化鋁處理及二氧化鋯處理中的至少一者為較佳,氧化鋁處理及二氧化鋯處理這兩者為特佳。 As the pigments other than the black pigment, the white pigments described in paragraphs 0015 and 0114 of JP-A-2005-007765 can be used as the white pigment. Specifically, among white pigments, as inorganic pigments, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, lithopone, light calcium carbonate, white carbon, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide or barium sulfate are preferred, titanium oxide or zinc oxide Titanium oxide is more preferable, and titanium oxide is still more preferable. As the inorganic pigment, rutile-type or anatase-type titanium oxide is more preferable, and rutile-type titanium oxide is particularly preferable. In addition, the surface of titanium oxide may be treated with silica, alumina, titania, zirconia, or organic matter, or two or more treatments may be performed. Thereby, the catalytic activity of titanium oxide is suppressed, and heat resistance, light fading properties, and the like are improved. From the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer after heating, at least one of alumina treatment and zirconia treatment is preferred as the surface treatment on the surface of titanium oxide. Zirconia is particularly preferred for handling both.

又,當感光性樹脂層為著色樹脂層時,從轉印性的觀點而言,感光性樹脂層進一步包含除黑色顏料及白色顏料以外的彩色顏料亦為較佳。當包含彩色顏料時,作為彩色顏料的粒徑,在分散性更優異的觀點上,0.1μm以下為較佳,0.08μm以下為更佳。 作為彩色顏料,例如可以舉出維多利亞純藍BO(Color Index(比色指數)(以下C.I.)42595)、金黃胺(C.I.41000)、脂肪黑(fat black)HB(C.I.26150)、莫諾萊特黃(monolight yellow)GT(C.I.顏料黃12)、永久黃(permanent yellow)GR(C.I.顏料黃17)、永久黃HR(C.I.顏料黃83)、永久胭脂紅(permanent carmine)FBB(C.I.顏料紅146)、赫斯塔巴姆紅(hostaperm red)ESB(C.I.顏料紫19)、永久寶石紅(permanent ruby)FBH(C.I.顏料紅11)、法斯特爾粉紅(pastel pink)B司普拉(supura)(C.I.顏料紅81)、莫納斯特拉堅牢藍(monastral fast blue)(C.I.顏料藍15)、莫諾萊特堅牢黑B(C.I.顏料黑1)及碳、C.I.顏料紅97、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅149、C.I.顏料紅168、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅180、C.I.顏料紅192、C.I.顏料紅215、C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:4、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍64及C.I.顏料紫23等。其中,C.I.顏料紅177為較佳。 Moreover, when the photosensitive resin layer is a colored resin layer, it is also preferable that the photosensitive resin layer further contains color pigments other than a black pigment and a white pigment from a transferable viewpoint. When a color pigment is included, the particle size of the color pigment is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.08 μm or less, from the viewpoint of better dispersibility. Examples of color pigments include Victoria Pure Blue BO (Color Index (Color Index) (hereinafter C.I.) 42595), Auretamine (C.I. 41000), Fat Black (fat black) HB (C.I. 26150), Monolette Yellow (monolight yellow) GT (C.I. Pigment Yellow 12), permanent yellow (permanent yellow) GR (C.I. Pigment Yellow 17), permanent yellow HR (C.I. Pigment Yellow 83), permanent carmine (permanent carmine) FBB (C.I. Pigment Red 146) , Hestaperm red (hostaperm red) ESB (C.I. Pigment Violet 19), permanent ruby red (permanent ruby) FBH (C.I. Pigment Red 11), Fastel pink (pastel pink) B Supura (supura) (C.I. Pigment Red 81), monastral fast blue (C.I. Pigment Blue 15), Monolette Fast Black B (C.I. Pigment Black 1) and Carbon, C.I. Pigment Red 97, C.I. Pigment Red 122 , C.I. Pigment Red 149, C.I. Pigment Red 168, C.I. Pigment Red 177, C.I. Pigment Red 180, C.I. Pigment Red 192, C.I. Pigment Red 215, C.I. Pigment Green 7, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:1, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. Pigment Blue 22, C.I. Pigment Blue 60, C.I. Pigment Blue 64, C.I. Pigment Violet 23, etc. Among them, C.I. Pigment Red 177 is preferred.

當感光性樹脂層包含顏料時,作為顏料的含量,相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為超過3質量%且40質量%以下為較佳,超過3質量%且35質量%以下為更佳,超過5質量%且35質量%以下為進一步較佳,10質量%以上且35質量%以下為特佳。When the photosensitive resin layer contains a pigment, the content of the pigment relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably more than 3% by mass and not more than 40% by mass, more preferably more than 3% by mass and not more than 35% by mass, It is more preferably more than 5 mass % and 35 mass % or less, and it is especially preferable that it is 10 mass % or more and 35 mass % or less.

當感光性樹脂層包含除黑色顏料以外的顏料(白色顏料及彩色顏料)時,除黑色顏料以外的顏料的含量相對於黑色顏料為30質量%以下為較佳,1質量%~20質量%為更佳,3質量%~15質量%為進一步較佳。When the photosensitive resin layer contains pigments (white pigments and colored pigments) other than black pigments, the content of pigments other than black pigments is preferably 30% by mass or less relative to the black pigment, and 1% by mass to 20% by mass is More preferably, 3% by mass to 15% by mass is further more preferably.

另外,當感光性樹脂層包含黑色顏料且感光性樹脂層由感光性樹脂組成物形成時,黑色顏料(較佳為碳黑)以顏料分散液的形態導入到感光性樹脂組成物中為較佳。 分散液可以為藉由將事先混合黑色顏料和顏料分散劑而得到之混合物加入到有機溶劑(或媒液(vehicle))中並且用分散機使其分散而製備者。顏料分散劑只要根據顏料及溶劑選擇即可,例如能夠使用市售的分散劑。另外,媒液係指製成顏料分散液時使顏料分散之媒質部分,其為液狀,包含將黑色顏料以分散狀態保持之黏合劑成分和溶解及稀釋黏合劑成分之溶劑成分(有機溶劑)。 In addition, when the photosensitive resin layer contains a black pigment and the photosensitive resin layer is formed of a photosensitive resin composition, it is preferable that the black pigment (preferably carbon black) be introduced into the photosensitive resin composition in the form of a pigment dispersion . The dispersion liquid may be one prepared by adding a mixture obtained by mixing a black pigment and a pigment dispersant in advance to an organic solvent (or vehicle) and dispersing it with a disperser. What is necessary is just to select a pigment dispersant according to a pigment and a solvent, For example, a commercially available dispersant can be used. In addition, the medium refers to the part of the medium that disperses the pigment when the pigment dispersion is prepared. It is liquid and includes a binder component that maintains the black pigment in a dispersed state and a solvent component (organic solvent) that dissolves and dilutes the binder component. .

作為分散機,並沒有特別限制,例如可以舉出捏合機、輥磨機、磨碎機(attritor)、超級研磨機(super mill)、溶解器(dissolver)、均質混合器(homo mixer)及砂磨機(sand mill)等公知的分散機。此外,亦可以藉由機械式磨碎,利用摩擦力進行微粉碎。關於分散機及微粉碎,能夠參閱“顏料詞典”(朝倉邦造著,第一版,朝倉書店,2000年,438頁,310頁)的記載。The dispersing machine is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a kneader, a roll mill, an attritor, a super mill, a dissolver, a homo mixer, and a sand Known dispersing machines such as sand mills. In addition, mechanical grinding can also be used to perform fine pulverization using frictional force. Regarding the dispersing machine and fine pulverization, you can refer to the records in "Dictionary of Pigments" (by Kunizo Asakura, first edition, Asakura Shoten, 2000, pages 438 and 310).

<沉積遮罩之製造方法> 本揭示之沉積遮罩之製造方法係使用本揭示之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料之方法。 又,本揭示之沉積遮罩之製造方法依序包括如下步驟為較佳:準備具有第1面且在與上述第1面相反的位置具有第2面之金屬層(以下,亦稱為“準備步驟”。);將感光性轉印材料與上述金屬層進行貼合而在上述金屬層的上述第1面上依序配置轉印層及臨時支撐體(以下,亦稱為“貼合步驟”。),該感光性轉印材料依序包括上述臨時支撐體和至少具有感光性樹脂層之上述轉印層且上述臨時支撐體的每單位體積中的直徑1.0μm~10.0μm的異物的個數為50個/mm 3以下;對上述轉印層進行圖案曝光(以下,亦稱為“曝光步驟”。);對上述轉印層實施顯影處理而形成光阻圖案(以下,亦稱為“顯影步驟”。);對未被上述光阻圖案覆蓋之上述金屬層實施蝕刻處理而形成從上述金屬層的上述第1面延伸至上述金屬層的上述第2面之貫通孔(以下,亦稱為“蝕刻步驟”。);及去除上述光阻圖案(以下,亦稱為“去除步驟”。)。 <Manufacturing method of deposition mask> The manufacturing method of the deposition mask of this disclosure is the method of using the photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask manufacture of this disclosure. Also, it is preferable that the manufacturing method of the deposition mask of the present disclosure includes the following steps in sequence: preparing a metal layer having a first surface and a second surface at a position opposite to the above-mentioned first surface (hereinafter also referred to as "preparation") step"); attaching the photosensitive transfer material to the metal layer, and sequentially disposing the transfer layer and the temporary support on the first surface of the metal layer (hereinafter, also referred to as "bonding step" .), the photosensitive transfer material sequentially includes the above-mentioned temporary support and the above-mentioned transfer layer having at least a photosensitive resin layer, and the number of foreign objects with a diameter of 1.0 μm to 10.0 μm per unit volume of the above-mentioned temporary support 50 pieces/mm 3 or less; pattern exposure of the above-mentioned transfer layer (hereinafter, also referred to as "exposure step"); development of the above-mentioned transfer layer to form a photoresist pattern (hereinafter, also referred to as "developing step") step"); performing etching on the metal layer not covered by the photoresist pattern to form a through hole extending from the first surface of the metal layer to the second surface of the metal layer (hereinafter also referred to as "etching step".); and removing the above photoresist pattern (hereinafter, also referred to as "removal step".).

以下,對本揭示之沉積遮罩之製造方法中的各步驟的詳細內容進行說明。Hereinafter, the details of each step in the manufacturing method of the deposition mask of the present disclosure will be described.

(準備步驟) 在準備步驟中,準備具有第1面且在與第1面相反的位置具有第2面之金屬層。金屬層可以為公知的金屬基板(包括市售品。)。金屬層亦可以藉由公知的方法(例如,鑄造法、鍛造法、濺射法及電鍍法)來製造。 (preparation steps) In the preparatory step, a metal layer having a first surface and a second surface opposite to the first surface is prepared. The metal layer may be a known metal substrate (including commercially available ones). The metal layer can also be produced by known methods (for example, casting method, forging method, sputtering method, and electroplating method).

金屬層的結構可以為單層結構或多層結構。作為金屬層中所包含之金屬元素,例如可以舉出Cu、Ni、Fe、Cr、Mn及Co。金屬層的一部分或全部亦可以為合金。作為合金,例如可以舉出Ni-Co合金及Fe-Ni合金。金屬層包含選自包括Cu、Ni、Fe、Cr、Mn及Co之群組中之至少一種金屬元素為較佳,包含選自包括Cu、Fe及Ni之群組中之至少一種金屬元素為更佳,包含Fe為進一步較佳,包含Fe及Ni為特佳。金屬層可以包含除金屬元素以外的元素。作為除金屬元素以外的元素,例如可以舉出B、C、N、O、P、S及Cl。金屬層亦可以為金屬基板。 其中,金屬層中的金屬可以較佳地舉出鎳、Ni-Co合金、Fe-Ni合金、銅等,包含30質量%以上且45質量%以下的鎳之合金為較佳,36質量%的鎳與64質量%的鐵的合金為主成分的金屬亦即因鋼為更佳。當金屬層中的金屬為因鋼時,金屬圖案的熱膨脹係數例如為1.2×10 -6/℃左右。 又,作為金屬層中的金屬,例如還可以舉出Fe-Ni-Co合金(例如,超級因鋼)。 The structure of the metal layer can be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure. As a metal element contained in a metal layer, Cu, Ni, Fe, Cr, Mn, and Co are mentioned, for example. A part or all of the metal layer may be an alloy. Examples of alloys include Ni—Co alloys and Fe—Ni alloys. It is preferable that the metal layer comprises at least one metal element selected from the group comprising Cu, Ni, Fe, Cr, Mn and Co, and it is more preferable to comprise at least one metal element selected from the group comprising Cu, Fe and Ni. Preferably, Fe is further preferably contained, and Fe and Ni are particularly preferably contained. The metal layer may contain elements other than metal elements. Examples of elements other than metal elements include B, C, N, O, P, S, and Cl. The metal layer can also be a metal substrate. Among them, the metal in the metal layer can preferably include nickel, Ni-Co alloy, Fe-Ni alloy, copper, etc., and the alloy containing nickel of 30 mass % or more and 45 mass % or less is preferred, and 36 mass % of The metal mainly composed of an alloy of nickel and 64% by mass of iron, that is, steel, is more preferable. When the metal in the metal layer is Invar, the thermal expansion coefficient of the metal pattern is, for example, about 1.2×10 −6 /°C. Moreover, as a metal in a metal layer, Fe-Ni-Co alloy (for example, Super Invar) can also be mentioned, for example.

從密接性及解析性的觀點而言,金屬層的上述第1面的粗糙度Rmax為0.5μm~5.0μm為較佳,0.60μm~4.0μm為更佳,0.75μm~3.0μm為特佳。 金屬層的上述第2面的粗糙度Rmax可以為0.5μm~5.0μm。金屬層的第1面的粗糙度Rmax可以與金屬層的第2面的粗糙度Rmax相同或不同。 From the viewpoint of adhesion and resolution, the roughness Rmax of the first surface of the metal layer is preferably 0.5 μm to 5.0 μm, more preferably 0.60 μm to 4.0 μm, and most preferably 0.75 μm to 3.0 μm. Roughness Rmax of the second surface of the metal layer may be 0.5 μm to 5.0 μm. The roughness Rmax of the first surface of the metal layer may be the same as or different from the roughness Rmax of the second surface of the metal layer.

在本揭示中在本揭示中,使用三維光學輪廓儀(New View7300,Zygo公司製造)測量對象面的粗糙度Rmax。首先,得到對象面的表面輪廓。作為測量/分析軟體,使用MetroPro ver8.3.2的Microscope Application。接著,使用測量/分析軟體顯示Surface Map畫面,在Surface Map畫面中得到直方圖資料。由所得到之直方圖資料得到對象面的粗糙度Rmax。另外,對象面的粗糙度Rmax與基準長度下的粗糙度曲線的最大高度對應。In the present disclosure, the roughness Rmax of the object surface is measured using a three-dimensional optical profiler (New View7300, manufactured by Zygo Corporation). First, the surface profile of the object face is obtained. As measurement/analysis software, Microscope Application of MetroPro ver8.3.2 was used. Then, use the measurement/analysis software to display the Surface Map screen, and obtain the histogram data in the Surface Map screen. The roughness Rmax of the target surface is obtained from the obtained histogram data. In addition, the roughness Rmax of the target surface corresponds to the maximum height of the roughness curve at the reference length.

在準備步驟中,可以以配置於基材上之狀態準備金屬層。換言之,在準備步驟中,可以準備依序包括基材和具有朝向基材之第2面及位於與第2面相反的位置之第1面之金屬層之積層體。作為基材的成分,例如可以舉出玻璃及聚合物。作為聚合物,例如可以舉出聚醯亞胺、環烯烴聚合物、聚乙烯、聚丙烯、聚對酞酸乙二酯、三乙酸纖維素、聚苯乙烯及聚碳酸酯。基材為玻璃基板或樹脂薄膜為較佳,樹脂薄膜為更佳。作為樹脂薄膜,例如可以舉出聚醯亞胺薄膜、環烯烴聚合物薄膜、聚乙烯薄膜、聚丙烯薄膜、聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜、三乙酸纖維素薄膜、聚苯乙烯薄膜及聚碳酸酯薄膜。In the preparatory step, the metal layer can be prepared in a state arranged on the base material. In other words, in the preparatory step, a laminate including a substrate, a metal layer having a second surface facing the substrate and a first surface opposite to the second surface can be prepared in this order. As a component of a base material, glass and a polymer are mentioned, for example. Examples of the polymer include polyimide, cycloolefin polymer, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate, cellulose triacetate, polystyrene, and polycarbonate. The substrate is preferably a glass substrate or a resin film, more preferably a resin film. Examples of resin films include polyimide films, cycloolefin polymer films, polyethylene films, polypropylene films, polyethylene terephthalate films, cellulose triacetate films, polystyrene films, and polycarbonate films. Ester film.

從貫通孔的解析性的觀點而言,金屬層的平均厚度為30μm~500μm為較佳,40μm~400μm為更佳,50μm~300μm為進一步較佳。金屬層的平均厚度藉由在使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)之剖面觀察中測量之5處的厚度的算術平均而計算出。From the viewpoint of resolution of the through holes, the average thickness of the metal layer is preferably 30 μm to 500 μm, more preferably 40 μm to 400 μm, and still more preferably 50 μm to 300 μm. The average thickness of the metal layer was calculated from the arithmetic mean of the thicknesses at five locations measured in cross-sectional observation using a scanning electron microscope (SEM).

(貼合步驟) 在貼合步驟中,將感光性轉印材料與上述金屬層進行貼合而在上述金屬層的上述第1面上依序配置轉印層及臨時支撐體,該感光性轉印材料依序包括上述臨時支撐體和至少具有感光性樹脂層之上述轉印層且上述臨時支撐體的每單位體積中的直徑1.0μm~10.0μm的異物的個數為50個/mm 3以下。 另外,關於感光性轉印材料的較佳態樣,與上述之本揭示之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料的較佳態樣相同。 (Bonding step) In the bonding step, a photosensitive transfer material is bonded to the metal layer, and a transfer layer and a temporary support are sequentially arranged on the first surface of the metal layer. The printing material sequentially includes the above-mentioned temporary support and the above-mentioned transfer layer having at least a photosensitive resin layer, and the number of foreign objects with a diameter of 1.0 μm to 10.0 μm per unit volume of the above-mentioned temporary support is 50 pieces/mm 3 or less . In addition, the preferred aspect of the photosensitive transfer material is the same as the preferred aspect of the photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production of the present disclosure described above.

感光性轉印材料與金屬層的貼合可以藉由公知的方法來實施。在貼合步驟中,將感光性轉印材料與金屬層壓接為較佳。例如,藉由將感光性轉印材料與金屬層重合並使用輥等機構實施加壓及加熱來將感光性轉印材料與金屬層進行貼合為較佳。在貼合步驟中,可以使用層壓機、真空層壓機及能夠提高生產性之自動切割層壓機之類的公知的層壓機。層壓溫度例如為70℃~130℃為較佳。當感光性轉印材料包括保護膜時,在去除保護膜之後實施貼合步驟。Bonding of a photosensitive transfer material and a metal layer can be implemented by a well-known method. In the bonding step, it is preferable to press-bond the photosensitive transfer material and the metal layer. For example, it is preferable to bond the photosensitive transfer material and the metal layer by laminating the photosensitive transfer material and the metal layer and applying pressure and heating using a mechanism such as a roller. In the bonding step, a known laminator such as a laminator, a vacuum laminator, and an automatic cutting laminator capable of improving productivity can be used. The lamination temperature is preferably, for example, 70°C to 130°C. When the photosensitive transfer material includes a protective film, the attaching step is performed after removing the protective film.

(加壓步驟) 將感光性轉印材料與金屬層進行貼合之後,可以實施加壓步驟。例如,可以對藉由感光性轉印材料與金屬層的貼合而得到之積層體進行加壓。被加壓之積層體為依序包括金屬層、轉印層及臨時支撐體之積層體為較佳。被加壓之積層體亦可以為依序包括金屬層和轉印層之積層體。例如,若在貼合步驟之後剝離臨時支撐體,則可形成依序包括金屬層和轉印層之積層體。在加壓步驟中,可以用高壓釜對藉由感光性轉印材料與金屬層的貼合而得到之積層體進行加壓處理。例如,能夠進行50℃、0.5MPa、60分鐘的加壓處理。藉由對積層體進行加壓處理,能夠提高轉印層與金屬層的密接性,轉印層對金屬層表面的凹凸的追隨性得到改善。加壓步驟在曝光步驟之前實施為較佳。 (pressurization step) After bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the metal layer, a pressurization step may be implemented. For example, a laminate obtained by bonding a photosensitive transfer material and a metal layer can be pressed. It is preferable that the laminate to be pressed is a laminate including a metal layer, a transfer layer and a temporary support in this order. The laminate to be pressed may also be a laminate including a metal layer and a transfer layer in this order. For example, if the temporary support is peeled off after the bonding step, a laminate including a metal layer and a transfer layer in this order can be formed. In the pressurization step, the laminate obtained by bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the metal layer can be pressurized using an autoclave. For example, pressure treatment at 50° C., 0.5 MPa, and 60 minutes can be performed. By applying pressure to the laminate, the adhesiveness between the transfer layer and the metal layer can be improved, and the followability of the transfer layer to the irregularities on the surface of the metal layer can be improved. The pressurizing step is preferably carried out before the exposure step.

(曝光步驟) 在曝光步驟中,對轉印層進行圖案曝光。“對轉印層進行圖案曝光”係指藉由向轉印層照射光而在轉印層形成曝光部及非曝光部。曝光部與非曝光部的位置關係例如可以根據目標光阻圖案的形狀而確定。 (exposure steps) In the exposing step, pattern exposure is performed on the transfer layer. "Exposing a pattern to a transfer layer" means forming an exposed portion and a non-exposed portion on a transfer layer by irradiating light to the transfer layer. The positional relationship between the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion can be determined according to the shape of the target photoresist pattern, for example.

對轉印層進行圖案曝光之光沿著從轉印層朝向金屬層之方向照射到轉印層為較佳。對轉印層進行圖案曝光之光包含選自包括365nm及405nm之群組中之至少一種波長為較佳。It is preferable that the light for pattern-exposing the transfer layer is irradiated to the transfer layer in a direction from the transfer layer toward the metal layer. It is preferable that the light for pattern-exposing the transfer layer contains at least one wavelength selected from the group including 365 nm and 405 nm.

作為光源,例如可以舉出超高壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈及LED(Light Emitting Diode:發光二極體)。As a light source, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, and LED(Light Emitting Diode: Light Emitting Diode) are mentioned, for example.

曝光量為5mJ/cm 2~200mJ/cm 2為較佳,10mJ/cm 2~100mJ/cm 2為更佳。 The exposure amount is preferably 5 mJ/cm 2 to 200 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 10 mJ/cm 2 to 100 mJ/cm 2 .

作為曝光方式,例如可以舉出接觸曝光方式及非接觸曝光方式。作為接觸曝光方式,例如可以舉出使用光罩之方法。作為非接觸曝光方式,例如可以舉出接近(proximity)曝光方式、透鏡系或反射鏡系的投影曝光方式及使用曝光雷射之直接曝光方式。在透鏡系或反射鏡系的投影曝光中,可以根據所需要之解析力及焦點深度而使用具有適當的透鏡開口數(NA)之曝光機。在直接曝光方式中,可以直接對轉印層實施描繪,或者可以經由透鏡對轉印層實施縮小投影曝光。曝光步驟可以在大氣下、減壓下或真空下實施。亦可以使水之類的液體介於光源與轉印層之間而實施曝光步驟。As an exposure method, a contact exposure method and a non-contact exposure method are mentioned, for example. As a contact exposure method, the method using a photomask is mentioned, for example. Examples of the non-contact exposure method include a proximity exposure method, a lens-based or mirror-based projection exposure method, and a direct exposure method using an exposure laser. In the projection exposure of the lens system or mirror system, an exposure machine with an appropriate number of lens openings (NA) can be used according to the required resolution and depth of focus. In the direct exposure method, drawing may be performed directly on the transfer layer, or reduction projection exposure may be performed on the transfer layer via a lens. The exposure step can be performed under the atmosphere, under reduced pressure, or under vacuum. The exposure step may also be performed by interposing a liquid such as water between the light source and the transfer layer.

曝光步驟可以在剝離臨時支撐體之前或剝離臨時支撐體之後實施,但從進一步發揮本揭示中的效果之觀點而言,在剝離臨時支撐體之前實施為較佳。當在剝離臨時支撐體之前實施曝光步驟時,轉印層可以經由臨時支撐體進行曝光。在使用光罩之曝光步驟中,可以在使光罩與轉印層接觸之狀態下對轉印層進行圖案曝光,或者可以在不使光罩接觸轉印層而使其靠近轉印層之狀態下對轉印層進行圖案曝光。為了防止由光罩與轉印層的接觸引起之光罩污染及避免由附著於光罩上之異物產生之對曝光的影響,不剝離臨時支撐體而對轉印層進行圖案曝光為較佳。當經由臨時支撐體對轉印層進行圖案曝光時,在曝光步驟之後且顯影步驟之前剝離臨時支撐體為較佳。The exposure step may be performed before or after the temporary support is peeled off, but it is preferably performed before the temporary support is peeled from the viewpoint of further exhibiting the effects of the present disclosure. When the exposure step is performed before peeling off the temporary support, the transfer layer may be exposed via the temporary support. In the exposure step using a photomask, the transfer layer may be subjected to pattern exposure with the photomask in contact with the transfer layer, or may be brought close to the transfer layer without making the photomask contact the transfer layer Next, pattern exposure is performed on the transfer layer. In order to prevent contamination of the photomask caused by contact between the photomask and the transfer layer and to avoid the impact on exposure caused by foreign matter attached to the photomask, it is better to perform pattern exposure on the transfer layer without peeling off the temporary support. When pattern-exposing the transfer layer via a temporary support, it is preferable to peel off the temporary support after the exposure step and before the development step.

(臨時支撐體剝離步驟) 本揭示之沉積遮罩之製造方法包括在上述臨時支撐體與上述轉印層之間剝離上述臨時支撐體之臨時支撐體剝離步驟為較佳。 又,臨時支撐體剝離步驟在曝光步驟之後且顯影步驟之前進行為較佳。 臨時支撐體的剝離方法並不受特別限制,能夠使用與日本特開2010-072589號公報的0161~0162段落中所記載之覆蓋膜剝離機構相同的機構。 (temporary support stripping step) The manufacturing method of the deposition mask disclosed in the present disclosure preferably includes a step of stripping the temporary support between the temporary support and the transfer layer. Also, it is preferable to perform the temporary support peeling step after the exposure step and before the image development step. The method for peeling the temporary support is not particularly limited, and the same mechanism as the cover film peeling mechanism described in paragraphs 0161 to 0162 of JP-A-2010-072589 can be used.

(顯影步驟) 在顯影步驟中,對轉印層實施顯影處理而形成光阻圖案。認為經過顯影步驟而形成之光阻圖案的解析度影響經過後述之蝕刻步驟而形成之貫通孔的解析度,進而,貫通孔的解析度影響使用沉積遮罩形成之圖案的解析度。 (developing step) In the development step, a development treatment is performed on the transfer layer to form a photoresist pattern. It is considered that the resolution of the photoresist pattern formed through the developing step affects the resolution of the through-hole formed through the etching step described later, and furthermore, the resolution of the through-hole affects the resolution of the pattern formed using the deposition mask.

光阻圖案藉由去除轉印層的曝光部或非曝光部而形成。當轉印層包括負型感光性樹脂層時,通常藉由顯影處理而去除轉印層的非曝光部,由轉印層的曝光部形成光阻圖案。當轉印層包括正型感光性樹脂層時,通常利用顯影液去除轉印層的曝光部,由轉印層的非曝光部形成光阻圖案。The photoresist pattern is formed by removing the exposed portion or the non-exposed portion of the transfer layer. When the transfer layer includes a negative photosensitive resin layer, usually the non-exposed portion of the transfer layer is removed by developing, and a photoresist pattern is formed from the exposed portion of the transfer layer. When the transfer layer includes a positive photosensitive resin layer, the exposed portion of the transfer layer is usually removed by a developer, and a photoresist pattern is formed from the non-exposed portion of the transfer layer.

顯影處理例如使用顯影液來實施。作為顯影液,例如可以舉出公知的顯影液(例如,日本特開平5-72724號公報中所記載之顯影液)。作為顯影液,以0.05mol/L~5mol/L的濃度包含pKa=7~13的化合物之鹼水溶液系顯影液為較佳。作為鹼水溶液系的顯影液中所包含之鹼性化合物,例如可以舉出氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨及膽鹼(2-羥基乙基三甲基氫氧化銨)。顯影液可以包含水溶性有機溶劑。顯影液可以包含界面活性劑。作為較佳的顯影液,例如可以舉出國際公開第2015/093271號的0194段落中所記載之顯影液。The development treatment is performed using, for example, a developer. As a developing solution, a well-known developing solution (for example, the developing solution described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 5-72724) is mentioned, for example. As the developing solution, an alkali aqueous developing solution containing a compound with pKa=7-13 at a concentration of 0.05 mol/L-5 mol/L is preferable. Examples of the basic compound contained in the alkaline aqueous developer include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, Tetraethylammonium, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide and choline (2-hydroxyethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide). The developer may contain a water-soluble organic solvent. The developer may contain a surfactant. As a preferable developing solution, the developing solution described in paragraph 0194 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 can be mentioned, for example.

顯影液的溫度為20℃~40℃為較佳。The temperature of the developer is preferably 20°C to 40°C.

作為顯影方式,例如可以舉出旋覆浸沒顯影(puddle development)、噴淋顯影(shower development)、噴淋及旋轉顯影以及浸漬顯影。噴淋顯影係指藉由噴淋而向對象物噴吹顯影液之顯影方式。作為較佳的顯影方式,例如可以舉出國際公開第2015/093271號的0195段落中所記載之顯影方式。Examples of image development methods include spin-on-dip immersion development (puddle development), shower development (shower development), shower and spin development, and immersion development. Shower development refers to a development method in which a developer is sprayed onto an object by spraying. As a preferable image development method, the image development method described in paragraph 0195 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 is mentioned, for example.

在顯影步驟之後殘留之顯影液及殘渣藉由公知的方法來去除為較佳。作為顯影液及殘渣的去除方法,例如可以舉出噴淋處理及AirKnife(氣刀)處理。在噴淋處理中,藉由噴淋而向對象物噴吹水及清洗劑之類的液體。殘渣亦可以使用刷子來去除。It is preferable to remove the remaining developer and residue after the developing step by a known method. As a method of removing a developing solution and residues, for example, shower processing and Air Knife (air knife) processing are mentioned. In the shower process, a liquid such as water or a cleaning agent is sprayed on an object by showering. Residue can also be removed with a brush.

(蝕刻步驟) 在蝕刻步驟中,對未被光阻圖案覆蓋之金屬層實施蝕刻處理而形成從金屬層的第1面延伸至金屬層的第2面之貫通孔。 (etching step) In the etching step, the metal layer not covered by the photoresist pattern is etched to form a through hole extending from the first surface of the metal layer to the second surface of the metal layer.

蝕刻處理可以為公知的方法。作為蝕刻處理,例如可以舉出濕式蝕刻及乾式蝕刻(例如,電漿蝕刻)。作為蝕刻處理,例如還可以舉出日本特開2017-120435號公報的0209段落~0210段落中所記載之方法及日本特開2010-152155號公報的0048段落~0054段落中所記載之方法。Etching treatment can be a known method. Examples of the etching process include wet etching and dry etching (for example, plasma etching). Examples of the etching treatment include the methods described in paragraphs 0209 to 0210 of JP-A-2017-120435 and the methods described in paragraphs 0048-0054 of JP-A-2010-152155.

蝕刻處理為濕式蝕刻為較佳。在濕式蝕刻中,通常使用蝕刻液。蝕刻液的種類可以根據蝕刻對象從酸性或鹼性蝕刻液中選擇。作為酸性蝕刻液,例如可以舉出包含選自包括鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸、乙酸、氫氟酸、草酸及磷酸之群組中之至少一種酸性成分之水溶液。作為酸性蝕刻液,例如還可以舉出上述酸性成分與選自包括氯化鐵、氟化銨及過錳酸鉀之群組中之至少一種鹽的混合水溶液。酸性成分亦可以為將複數個酸性成分組合而成之成分。作為鹼性蝕刻液,例如可以舉出包含選自包括氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氨、有機胺及有機胺的鹽(氫氧化四甲基銨等)之群組中之至少一種鹼成分之水溶液。作為鹼性蝕刻液,例如還可以舉出上述鹼成分與鹽(例如,過錳酸鉀)的混合水溶液。鹼成分亦可以為將複數個鹼成分組合而成之成分。 其中,從進一步發揮本揭示中的效果之觀點而言,在上述蝕刻處理中使用之蝕刻液包含氯化鐵為較佳。 又,上述光阻圖案對含有40質量%氯化鐵之45℃的溶液的溶解性為1μm/min以下為較佳,0.5μm/min以下為更佳。另外,下限值為0μm/min。 The etching treatment is preferably wet etching. In wet etching, etchant is generally used. The type of etching solution can be selected from acidic or alkaline etching solution according to the etching object. Examples of the acidic etching solution include aqueous solutions containing at least one acidic component selected from the group consisting of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid, and phosphoric acid. As an acidic etchant, for example, a mixed aqueous solution of the above-mentioned acidic component and at least one salt selected from the group consisting of ferric chloride, ammonium fluoride, and potassium permanganate can also be mentioned. An acidic component may be a combination of several acidic components. Examples of alkaline etching solutions include those containing at least one alkali component selected from the group consisting of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonia, organic amines, and salts of organic amines (tetramethylammonium hydroxide, etc.). aqueous solution. As an alkaline etching solution, the mixed aqueous solution of the said alkali component and a salt (for example, potassium permanganate) can also be mentioned, for example. The base component may be a combination of a plurality of base components. Among them, it is preferable that the etching solution used in the above-mentioned etching process contains ferric chloride from the viewpoint of further exhibiting the effects of the present disclosure. In addition, the solubility of the photoresist pattern in a 45° C. solution containing 40% by mass of ferric chloride is preferably 1 μm/min or less, more preferably 0.5 μm/min or less. In addition, the lower limit is 0 μm/min.

在本揭示之沉積遮罩之製造方法中製造之沉積遮罩中的金屬層具有從第1面延伸至第2面之貫通孔。金屬層可以具有複數個貫通孔。貫通孔的深度與金屬層的厚度對應。貫通孔通常被金屬層的內表面劃定。貫通孔可以被1個或2個以上的面劃定。劃定在剖視下觀察到之貫通孔之面可以為直線或曲線。貫通孔的數量、形狀及配置例如根據目標圖案而確定。從第1面延伸至第2面之貫通孔在第1面形成開口,而且,在第2面形成開口。形成於第1面之開口的直徑與後述之第1面中的貫通孔的直徑對應,而且,形成於第2面之開口的直徑與後述之第2面中的貫通孔的直徑對應。作為在俯視下觀察到之貫通孔(具體而言為開口)的形狀,例如可以舉出圓形、橢圓形及四邊形。在俯視下觀察到之貫通孔的形狀為四邊形為較佳,正方形或長方形為更佳。當在俯視下觀察到之貫通孔的形狀為多邊形(例如,四邊形)時,多邊形的複數個角的一部分或全部可以帶圓角。The metal layer in the deposition mask manufactured in the deposition mask manufacturing method disclosed herein has a through hole extending from the first surface to the second surface. The metal layer may have a plurality of through holes. The depth of the through hole corresponds to the thickness of the metal layer. The through-holes are usually delimited by the inner surface of the metal layer. A through hole may be defined by one or two or more planes. The surface delineating the through-hole viewed in cross-section may be a straight line or a curved line. The number, shape and arrangement of the through holes are determined according to the target pattern, for example. The through hole extending from the first surface to the second surface has an opening on the first surface and an opening on the second surface. The diameter of the opening formed on the first surface corresponds to the diameter of the through hole on the first surface described later, and the diameter of the opening formed on the second surface corresponds to the diameter of the through hole on the second surface described later. Examples of the shape of the through-hole (specifically, the opening) viewed in a plan view include a circle, an ellipse, and a rectangle. The shape of the through-hole viewed from above is preferably a quadrangle, more preferably a square or a rectangle. When the shape of the through-hole viewed from above is a polygon (for example, a quadrilateral), some or all of the plural corners of the polygon may be rounded.

金屬層的第2面中的貫通孔的平均直徑(以下,有時稱為“貫通孔的平均直徑D2”。)小於金屬層的第1面中的貫通孔的平均直徑(以下,有時稱為“貫通孔的平均直徑D1”。)。換言之,貫通孔的平均直徑D1大於貫通孔的平均直徑D2。例如,若貫通孔的平均直徑D1大於貫通孔的平均直徑D2,則從汽化源到達金屬層的第1面之物質容易從形成於金屬層的第1面之開口進入到貫通孔中。其結果,例如,生產性及圖案的精度提高。貫通孔的平均直徑D2相對於貫通孔的平均直徑D1之比(亦即,D2/D1)為0.8以下為較佳,0.4以下為更佳,0.3以下為進一步較佳。從圖案的高解析化的觀點而言,貫通孔的平均直徑D2相對於貫通孔的平均直徑D1之比(亦即,D2/D1)為0.01上為較佳,0.1以上為更佳,0.15以上為進一步較佳。The average diameter of the through-holes on the second surface of the metal layer (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "average diameter of the through-holes D2") is smaller than the average diameter of the through-holes on the first surface of the metal layer (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as is the "average diameter D1 of the through hole".). In other words, the average diameter D1 of the through holes is larger than the average diameter D2 of the through holes. For example, if the average diameter D1 of the through-hole is larger than the average diameter D2 of the through-hole, the substance reaching the first surface of the metal layer from the vaporization source will easily enter the through-hole through the opening formed on the first surface of the metal layer. As a result, for example, productivity and pattern accuracy are improved. The ratio of the average diameter D2 of the through-holes to the average diameter D1 of the through-holes (that is, D2/D1) is preferably 0.8 or less, more preferably 0.4 or less, and still more preferably 0.3 or less. From the viewpoint of high-resolution patterns, the ratio of the average diameter D2 of the through-holes to the average diameter D1 of the through-holes (that is, D2/D1) is preferably at least 0.01, more preferably at least 0.1, and at least 0.15. for further improvement.

金屬層的第2面中的貫通孔的平均直徑(亦即,貫通孔的平均直徑D2)為25μm以下。若貫通孔的平均直徑D2為25μm以下,則可以以高解析度形成圖案。從圖案的高解析度化的觀點而言,貫通孔的平均直徑D2為25μm以下為較佳,20μm以下為更佳,10μm以下為進一步較佳。貫通孔的平均直徑D2的下限並不受限制。貫通孔的平均直徑D2亦可以為5μm、1μm或0.1μm。The average diameter of the through-holes on the second surface of the metal layer (that is, the average diameter D2 of the through-holes) is 25 μm or less. When the average diameter D2 of the through holes is 25 μm or less, it is possible to form a pattern with high resolution. From the viewpoint of high-resolution patterns, the average diameter D2 of the through-holes is preferably 25 μm or less, more preferably 20 μm or less, and still more preferably 10 μm or less. The lower limit of the average diameter D2 of the through holes is not limited. The average diameter D2 of the through holes may also be 5 μm, 1 μm or 0.1 μm.

只要滿足“貫通孔的平均直徑D2”<“貫通孔的平均直徑D1”的關係,則貫通孔的平均直徑D1並不受限制。從圖案的高解析度化的觀點而言,貫通孔的平均直徑D1為15μm~100μm為較佳,20μm~50μm為更佳,20μm~30μm為進一步較佳。貫通孔的平均直徑D1的下限可以為8μm或10μm。The average diameter D1 of the through holes is not limited as long as the relationship "average diameter D2 of the through holes" < "average diameter D1 of the through holes" is satisfied. The average diameter D1 of the through holes is preferably 15 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 20 μm to 50 μm, and still more preferably 20 μm to 30 μm, from the viewpoint of high resolution of the pattern. The lower limit of the average diameter D1 of the through holes may be 8 μm or 10 μm.

在本揭示中,貫通孔的平均直徑藉由依據使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)得到之圖像而測量之10個貫通孔的直徑的算術平均而計算出。在本揭示中,貫通孔的直徑由連結在俯視下觀察到之貫通孔(具體而言為開口)的輪廓線上的任意2點之直線的最大值來定義。貫通孔的平均直徑D2小於貫通孔的平均直徑D1,因此在俯視金屬層的第1面時,有時會在形成於金屬層的第1面之開口的輪廓線的內側觀察到形成於金屬層的第2面之開口的輪廓線。貫通孔的平均直徑D1及貫通孔的平均直徑D2可以依據如上所述之觀察而計算出。In the present disclosure, the average diameter of the through-holes is calculated by the arithmetic mean of the diameters of 10 through-holes measured from images obtained using a scanning electron microscope (SEM). In the present disclosure, the diameter of the through hole is defined by the maximum value of a straight line connecting any two points on the contour line of the through hole (specifically, the opening) viewed in plan view. The average diameter D2 of the through-holes is smaller than the average diameter D1 of the through-holes. Therefore, when the first surface of the metal layer is viewed from above, it may be observed inside the outline of the opening formed on the first surface of the metal layer. The outline of the opening on the second side of . The average diameter D1 of the through holes and the average diameter D2 of the through holes can be calculated based on the above observations.

只要滿足“貫通孔的平均直徑D2”<“貫通孔的平均直徑D1”的關係,則貫通孔的直徑可以沿著從第1面朝向第2面之方向連續地或不連續地變化。貫通孔的直徑沿著從第1面朝向第2面之方向逐漸縮小為較佳。The diameter of the through holes may change continuously or discontinuously along the direction from the first surface toward the second surface as long as the relationship of "average diameter D2 of through holes" < "average diameter D1 of through holes" is satisfied. It is preferable that the diameter of the through hole gradually decreases along the direction from the first surface toward the second surface.

(去除步驟) 在去除步驟中,去除光阻圖案。作為去除方法,例如可以舉出使用化學處理去除光阻圖案之方法。使用去除液去除光阻圖案之方法為較佳。 (removal step) In the removing step, the photoresist pattern is removed. As a removal method, the method of removing a photoresist pattern using a chemical process is mentioned, for example. The method of using a remover to remove the photoresist pattern is preferred.

作為去除液,例如可以舉出包含無機鹼成分或有機鹼成分和水、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮或該等的混合溶劑之去除液。作為無機鹼成分,例如可以舉出氫氧化鈉及氫氧化鉀。作為有機鹼成分,例如可以舉出一級胺化合物、二級胺化合物、三級胺化合物及四級銨鹽化合物。Examples of the removal liquid include those containing an inorganic base component or an organic base component, and water, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, or a mixed solvent thereof. As an inorganic base component, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide are mentioned, for example. As an organic base component, a primary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, a tertiary amine compound, and a quaternary ammonium salt compound are mentioned, for example.

光阻圖案亦可以藉由在去除液中浸漬包括光阻圖案之積層體來去除。去除液的溫度為30℃~80℃為較佳,50℃~80℃為更佳。浸漬時間為1分鐘~30分鐘為較佳。在浸漬法中,可以攪拌去除液。The photoresist pattern can also be removed by immersing the laminate including the photoresist pattern in a removal solution. The temperature of the removal solution is preferably 30°C to 80°C, more preferably 50°C to 80°C. The immersion time is preferably 1 minute to 30 minutes. In the dipping method, the removal solution may be stirred.

光阻圖案例如可以藉由使用去除液之噴塗法、噴淋法或旋覆浸沒法來去除。The photoresist pattern can be removed, for example, by spraying, showering, or spin-on-dipping using a remover.

(其他步驟) 本揭示之沉積遮罩之製造方法根據需要可以進一步包括其他步驟。當沉積遮罩的金屬層形成於基材上時,本揭示之沉積遮罩之製造方法可以包括去除基材之步驟。 (additional steps) The manufacturing method of the deposition mask disclosed in the present disclosure may further include other steps as required. When the metal layer of the deposition mask is formed on the substrate, the method for manufacturing the deposition mask of the present disclosure may include a step of removing the substrate.

參閱圖4對沉積遮罩之製造方法進行說明。圖4係表示某一實施形態之沉積遮罩之製造方法之概略剖面圖。如圖4(a)所示,準備具有第1面10F及位於與第1面10F相反的位置之第2面10R之金屬層10。如圖4(b)所示,將感光性轉印材料(省略圖示)與金屬層10進行貼合而在金屬層10的第1面10F上配置轉印層20。轉印層20的平均厚度為50μm以下。如圖4(c)所示,藉由對轉印層20進行圖案曝光,接著,對轉印層20實施顯影處理,從而形成光阻圖案21。如圖4(d)所示,藉由對未被光阻圖案21覆蓋之金屬層10實施蝕刻處理而形成貫通孔10H。認為在蝕刻處理的過程中,發生各向同性蝕刻(亦即,除了向金屬層10的深度方向進行之蝕刻以外,向與金屬層10的深度方向正交之方向進行之蝕刻)而形成具有如圖4(d)所示之剖面形狀之貫通孔10H。如圖4(e)所示,藉由去除光阻圖案21而得到沉積遮罩100。形成於金屬層10之貫通孔10H從金屬層10的第1面10F延伸至金屬層10的第2面10R。貫通孔10H在金屬層10的第1面10F形成開口10FA,而且,在金屬層10的第2面10R形成開口10RA。Referring to FIG. 4, the manufacturing method of the deposition mask is described. Fig. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a method of manufacturing a deposition mask according to an embodiment. As shown in FIG. 4( a ), the metal layer 10 having a first surface 10F and a second surface 10R located opposite to the first surface 10F is prepared. As shown in FIG. 4( b ), a photosensitive transfer material (not shown) is bonded to the metal layer 10 to arrange the transfer layer 20 on the first surface 10F of the metal layer 10 . The average thickness of the transfer layer 20 is 50 μm or less. As shown in FIG. 4( c ), the photoresist pattern 21 is formed by performing pattern exposure on the transfer layer 20 and then performing a development treatment on the transfer layer 20 . As shown in FIG. 4( d ), the through hole 10H is formed by etching the metal layer 10 not covered by the photoresist pattern 21 . It is considered that during the etching process, isotropic etching (that is, etching in a direction perpendicular to the depth direction of the metal layer 10 in addition to etching in the depth direction of the metal layer 10) occurs to form a Through-hole 10H having a cross-sectional shape shown in FIG. 4( d ). As shown in FIG. 4( e ), the deposition mask 100 is obtained by removing the photoresist pattern 21 . The through hole 10H formed in the metal layer 10 extends from the first surface 10F of the metal layer 10 to the second surface 10R of the metal layer 10 . The through hole 10H forms an opening 10FA in the first surface 10F of the metal layer 10 , and forms an opening 10RA in the second surface 10R of the metal layer 10 .

藉由本揭示之沉積遮罩之製造方法製造之沉積遮罩根據需要可以包括除金屬層以外的構成要素。作為除金屬層以外的構成要素,例如可以舉出框體。框體能夠增強沉積遮罩或者提高沉積遮罩的操作性。框體在俯視下可以配置於貫通孔的周圍,或者在俯視下可以配置於金屬層的外周。作為框體的成分,例如可以舉出金屬。作為金屬,例如可以舉出Fe-Ni合金(例如,因鋼)及Fe-Ni-Co合金(例如,超級因鋼)。The deposition mask manufactured by the method of manufacturing the deposition mask of the present disclosure may include components other than the metal layer as needed. As a component other than a metal layer, a frame body is mentioned, for example. The frame can enhance the deposition mask or improve the operability of the deposition mask. The frame body may be arranged around the through hole in plan view, or may be arranged on the outer periphery of the metal layer in plan view. As a component of a frame body, metal is mentioned, for example. Examples of metals include Fe—Ni alloys (for example, Invar) and Fe—Ni—Co alloys (for example, super Invar).

參閱圖1、圖2及圖3對藉由本揭示之沉積遮罩之製造方法製造之沉積遮罩的結構進行說明。圖1係表示沉積遮罩的一實施態樣之概略俯視圖。圖2係放大表示圖1所示之沉積遮罩的貫通孔之概略俯視圖。圖3係放大表示圖1所示之沉積遮罩的貫通孔之概略剖面圖。沉積遮罩100包括具有第1面10F、位於與第1面10F相反的位置之第2面10R及貫通孔10H之金屬層10。金屬層10的第1面朝向看著圖1及圖2之觀察者。金屬層10的第1面10F及金屬層的第2面10R朝向相互相反的方向。如圖1及圖2所示,貫通孔10H被由金屬層10形成之格子狀的圖案劃定,而且,在俯視下觀察到之貫通孔10H的形狀為四邊形。在圖2中,雙重觀察到貫通孔10H的輪廓線之原因是由於,在形成於金屬層10的第1面10F之開口(具體而言為圖3中的開口10FA)的輪廓線的內側觀察到形成於金屬層10的第2面10R之開口(具體而言為圖3中的開口10RA)的輪廓線。如圖3所示,貫通孔10H從金屬層10的第1面10F延伸至金屬層10的第2面10R。貫通孔10H在金屬層10的第1面10F形成開口10FA,而且,在金屬層10的第2面10R形成開口10RA。貫通孔10H被金屬層10的內表面劃定,劃定貫通孔10H之金屬層10的內表面為曲線。金屬層10的第2面10R中的貫通孔10H的平均直徑小於金屬層10的第1面10F中的貫通孔10H的平均直徑。貫通孔10H的直徑沿著從第1面10F朝向第2面10R之方向逐漸縮小。Referring to FIG. 1 , FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 , the structure of the deposition mask manufactured by the method of manufacturing the deposition mask disclosed herein will be described. FIG. 1 is a schematic top view showing an embodiment of a deposition mask. FIG. 2 is an enlarged schematic plan view of a through-hole of the deposition mask shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 3 is an enlarged schematic cross-sectional view of a through-hole of the deposition mask shown in FIG. 1 . The deposition mask 100 includes a metal layer 10 having a first surface 10F, a second surface 10R opposite to the first surface 10F, and through holes 10H. The first surface of the metal layer 10 faces the viewer looking at FIGS. 1 and 2 . The first surface 10F of the metal layer 10 and the second surface 10R of the metal layer face directions opposite to each other. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 , the through-holes 10H are defined by a grid-like pattern formed by the metal layer 10 , and the shape of the through-holes 10H as viewed from above is quadrangular. In FIG. 2 , the reason why the contour line of the through-hole 10H is double observed is because the contour line of the opening formed on the first surface 10F of the metal layer 10 (specifically, the opening 10FA in FIG. 3 ) is observed inside the contour line. The outline of the opening (specifically, the opening 10RA in FIG. 3 ) formed on the second surface 10R of the metal layer 10 . As shown in FIG. 3 , the through hole 10H extends from the first surface 10F of the metal layer 10 to the second surface 10R of the metal layer 10 . The through hole 10H forms an opening 10FA in the first surface 10F of the metal layer 10 , and forms an opening 10RA in the second surface 10R of the metal layer 10 . The through hole 10H is defined by the inner surface of the metal layer 10 , and the inner surface of the metal layer 10 defining the through hole 10H is a curved line. The average diameter of the through-holes 10H on the second surface 10R of the metal layer 10 is smaller than the average diameter of the through-holes 10H on the first surface 10F of the metal layer 10 . The diameter of the through hole 10H gradually decreases along the direction from the first surface 10F toward the second surface 10R.

藉由本揭示之沉積遮罩之製造方法製造之沉積遮罩較佳地適用於使用沉積法之圖案之製造方法。在沉積法中,沉積遮罩以金屬層的第2面朝向對象物之方式配置於對象物上為較佳。若金屬層的第2面面向對象物,則從汽化源到達金屬層的第1面之物質容易進入到貫通孔中。進入到貫通孔中之物質沿著從金屬層的第1面朝向第2面之方向而在貫通孔中移動並附著於對象物上。通過了貫通孔之物質堆積於對象物上,從而形成圖案。作為形成圖案之對象物,例如可以舉出玻璃基板及樹脂薄膜。沉積法的種類、沉積法的條件及被沉積之物質的種類例如可以根據目標圖案而確定。作為較佳的沉積法,例如可以舉出真空沉積法。作為藉由本揭示之沉積遮罩之製造方法製造之沉積遮罩的較佳用途,例如可以舉出OLED之製造方法。 [實施例] The deposition mask manufactured by the method of manufacturing a deposition mask of the present disclosure is preferably suitable for a method of manufacturing a pattern using a deposition method. In the deposition method, it is preferable to arrange the deposition mask on the object so that the second surface of the metal layer faces the object. When the second surface of the metal layer faces the object, the substance reaching the first surface of the metal layer from the vaporization source easily enters the through hole. The substance entering the through hole moves in the through hole along the direction from the first surface of the metal layer toward the second surface and adheres to the object. The substance passing through the through hole is deposited on the object to form a pattern. Examples of objects to be patterned include glass substrates and resin films. The type of deposition method, the conditions of the deposition method, and the type of deposited substance can be determined according to the target pattern, for example. As a preferable deposition method, a vacuum deposition method is mentioned, for example. As a preferred application of the deposition mask manufactured by the method of manufacturing the deposition mask disclosed herein, for example, a method of manufacturing an OLED can be mentioned. [Example]

以下,利用實施例對本揭示進行詳細說明。但是,本揭示並不限於以下實施例。在以下說明中,只要沒有特別指定,則“%”係指“質量%”,“份”係指“質量份”。Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be described in detail using examples. However, the present disclosure is not limited to the following examples. In the following description, unless otherwise specified, "%" means "mass %", and "part" means "mass part".

<臨時支撐體1的製造> 藉由以下順序製造出包括厚度16μm的聚酯薄膜和厚度40nm的含粒子層之臨時支撐體。 <Manufacture of Temporary Support 1> A temporary support including a polyester film with a thickness of 16 μm and a particle-containing layer with a thickness of 40 nm was produced by the following procedure.

(含粒子層形成組成物1) 以下述所示之配合混合各成分而得到了含粒子層形成組成物1。製備含粒子層形成組成物1之後,利用6μm過濾器(F20,MAHLE Japan Ltd.製造)進行過濾,隨後,使用2×6Radial Flow Super Phobic(Polypore Co.,Ltd.製造)進行了膜脫氣。 (containing particle layer forming composition 1) Particle-containing layer-forming composition 1 was obtained by mixing the components in the following formulation. After preparing the particle-containing layer-forming composition 1, it was filtered with a 6 μm filter (F20, manufactured by MAHLE Japan Ltd.), and then membrane degassed using 2×6 Radial Flow Super Phobic (manufactured by Polypore Co., Ltd.).

·丙烯酸聚合物(AS-563A,Daicel FineChem Ltd.製造,固體成分27.5質量%):167質量份 ·非離子系界面活性劑(NAROACTY CL95,Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.製造,固體成分100質量%):0.7質量份 ·陰離子系界面活性劑(RAPISOL A-90,NOF CORPORATION製造,用水稀釋為固體成分1質量%):114.4質量份 ·巴西棕櫚蠟分散物(Selosol 524,CHUKYO YUSHI CO.,LTD.製造,固體成分30質量%):7質量份 ·碳二亞胺化合物(CARBODILITE V-02-L2,Nisshinbo Chemical Inc.製造,用水稀釋為固體成分10質量%):20.9份 ·消光劑(SNOWTEX XL,Nissan Chemical Corporation製造,固體成分40質量%,平均粒徑50nm):2.8質量份 ·水:690.2質量份 Acrylic polymer (AS-563A, manufactured by Daicel FineChem Ltd., solid content 27.5% by mass): 167 parts by mass ・Nonionic surfactant (NAROACTY CL95, manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., solid content: 100% by mass): 0.7 parts by mass ・Anionic surfactant (RAPISOL A-90, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION, diluted with water to a solid content of 1% by mass): 114.4 parts by mass Carnauba wax dispersion (Selosol 524, manufactured by CHUKYO YUSHI CO., LTD., solid content 30% by mass): 7 parts by mass Carbodiimide compound (CARBODILITE V-02-L2, manufactured by Nisshinbo Chemical Inc., diluted with water to a solid content of 10% by mass): 20.9 parts Matting agent (SNOWTEX XL, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Corporation, solid content 40% by mass, average particle diameter 50nm): 2.8 parts by mass Water: 690.2 parts by mass

(擠出成形) 將日本專利第5575671號公報中所記載之檸檬酸螯合有機鈦錯合物作為聚合觸媒之聚對酞酸乙二酯的顆粒乾燥至含水率50ppm以下之後,投入到直徑30mm的單軸混煉擠出機的料斗中,並在280℃下進行熔融並擠出。使該熔融體(熔體)通過濾過器(孔徑2μm)之後,從模具擠出至25℃的冷卻輥上而得到了未拉伸薄膜。另外,使用靜電施加法使擠出之熔體與冷卻輥密接。 (extrusion molding) Dry the particles of polyethylene terephthalate with the citric acid chelated organic titanium complex as the polymerization catalyst described in Japanese Patent No. 5575671 until the moisture content is below 50ppm, and then put them into a uniaxial mixer with a diameter of 30mm. In the hopper of the kneading extruder, melt and extrude at 280°C. This molten body (melt) was passed through a filter (pore size: 2 μm), and extruded from a die onto a cooling roll at 25° C. to obtain an unstretched film. In addition, the extruded melt was brought into close contact with the cooling roll by electrostatic application.

(拉伸及塗佈) 對經固化之未拉伸薄膜利用以下方法實施逐次雙軸拉伸而得到了包括厚度16μm的聚酯薄膜和厚度40nm的含粒子層之臨時支撐體。 (stretching and coating) The cured unstretched film was sequentially biaxially stretched by the following method to obtain a temporary support comprising a polyester film with a thickness of 16 μm and a particle-containing layer with a thickness of 40 nm.

(a)縱向拉伸 使未拉伸薄膜在圓周速度不同的2對夾持輥之間通過而沿縱向(輸送方向)進行了拉伸。另外,將預熱溫度設為75℃,拉伸溫度設為90℃、拉伸倍率設為3.4倍,拉伸速度設為1300%/秒而實施。 (a) Longitudinal stretch The unstretched film was stretched in the longitudinal direction (transportation direction) by passing between two pairs of nip rolls having different peripheral speeds. In addition, the preheating temperature was set to 75° C., the stretching temperature was set to 90° C., the stretching ratio was set to 3.4 times, and the stretching speed was set to 1300%/sec.

(b)塗佈 用棒塗機在經縱向拉伸之薄膜的單面以製膜後成為40nm的厚度之方式塗佈了含粒子層形成組成物1。 (b) coating The particle-containing layer-forming composition 1 was coated with a bar coater on one side of the longitudinally stretched film so as to have a thickness of 40 nm after film formation.

(c)橫向拉伸 使用拉幅機對進行了上述縱向拉伸和塗佈之薄膜在下述條件下進行了橫向拉伸。 預熱溫度:110℃ 拉伸溫度:120℃ 拉伸倍率:4.2倍 拉伸速度:50%/秒 (c) Transverse stretch The above-mentioned longitudinally stretched and coated film was transversely stretched under the following conditions using a tenter. Preheating temperature: 110°C Stretching temperature: 120°C Stretch ratio: 4.2 times Stretching speed: 50%/sec

(熱固定及熱鬆弛) 對結束了縱向拉伸及橫向拉伸之後的雙軸拉伸薄膜在下述條件下進行了熱固定。 熱固定溫度:227℃ 熱固定時間:6秒 (heat fixation and heat relaxation) The biaxially stretched film after completion|finish of longitudinal stretching and lateral stretching was heat-fixed under the following conditions. Heat Fixing Temperature: 227°C Heat fixation time: 6 seconds

熱固定之後,縮小拉幅機的寬度,在下述條件下進行了熱鬆弛。 熱鬆弛溫度:190℃ 熱鬆弛率:4% After heat setting, the width of the tenter was narrowed, and thermal relaxation was performed under the following conditions. Thermal relaxation temperature: 190°C Thermal relaxation rate: 4%

(捲取) 熱固定及熱鬆弛之後,修整兩端,對端部以寬度10mm進行擠出加工(滾花)之後,以張力40kg/m進行了捲取。另外,寬度為1.5m,卷長為6300m。將所得到之薄膜卷設為臨時支撐體1。臨時支撐體1的霧度值為0.2。另外,使用霧度計(NIPPON DENSHOKU INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製造,NDH2000),作為總光霧度值而測量了霧度值。又,基於150℃、30分鐘加熱之熱收縮率在MD(輸送方向,Machine Direction)側為1.0%,在TD(在薄膜的面上與輸送方向正交之方向,Transverse Direction)側為0.2%。又,依據剖面TEM照片測量含粒子層的膜厚,其為40nm。使用Hitachi High-Technologies製造之HT-7700型透射型電子顯微鏡(TEM),利用上述的方法測量了含粒子層中所包含之粒子的平均粒徑,其結果為50nm。 (coiled) After heat setting and heat relaxation, both ends were trimmed, and the end was extruded (knurled) at a width of 10 mm, and then coiled at a tension of 40 kg/m. In addition, the width is 1.5m, and the roll length is 6300m. The obtained film roll was used as the temporary support body 1. The haze value of the temporary support body 1 was 0.2. In addition, a haze value was measured as a total light haze value using a haze meter (manufactured by NIPPON DENSHOKU INDUSTRIES CO., LTD., NDH2000). Also, the thermal shrinkage rate based on heating at 150°C for 30 minutes is 1.0% on the MD (Machine Direction) side, and 0.2% on the TD (Transverse Direction) side on the film surface. . Also, the film thickness of the particle-containing layer was measured from a cross-sectional TEM photograph, and it was 40 nm. Using a transmission electron microscope (TEM) model HT-7700 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies, the average particle diameter of the particles contained in the particle-containing layer was measured by the above method and found to be 50 nm.

<臨時支撐體2> 作為臨時支撐體2,使用了以下者。 臨時支撐體2:聚酯薄膜,TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.製造之16QS62,厚度16μm <Temporary Support 2> As the temporary support body 2, the following were used. Temporary support 2: polyester film, 16QS62 manufactured by TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC., thickness 16 μm

<臨時支撐體3的製造> 在臨時支撐體1之製造方法中,將含粒子層形成組成物1變更為下述所示之含粒子層形成組生物2,除此以外,以與臨時支撐體1之製造方法相同的方式製造出臨時支撐體3。 <Manufacture of Temporary Support 3> In the production method of the temporary support body 1, except that the particle-containing layer-forming composition 1 is changed to the particle-containing layer-forming composition 2 shown below, it is produced in the same manner as the production method of the temporary support body 1 Take out the temporary support body 3.

(含粒子總形成組成物2) ·丙烯酸聚合物(AS-563A,Daicel Miraizu Ltd.,固體成分:27.5質量%):167質量份 ·非離子系界面活性劑(NAROACTY CL95,Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.,固體成分:100質量%):0.7質量份 ·陰離子系界面活性劑(RAPISOL A-90,NOF CORPORATION,固體成分濃度為1質量%的水稀釋液):55.7質量份 ·巴西棕櫚蠟分散物(Selosol 524,CHUKYO YUSHI CO.,LTD.,固體成分:30質量%):7質量份 ·碳二亞胺化合物(CARBODILITE V-02-L2,Nisshinbo Chemical Inc.,固體成分濃度為10質量%的水稀釋):20.9質量份 ·消光劑(SNOWTEX XL,Nissan Chemical Corporation,固體成分:40質量%,平均粒徑:50nm):2.8質量份 ·消光劑(AEROSIL OX50,NIPPON AEROSIL CO.,LTD.,固體成分:10質量%,水分散,中值粒徑:0.2μm):3.5質量份 ·水:743質量份 (Contains particle total formation composition 2) ・Acrylic polymer (AS-563A, Daicel Miraizu Ltd., solid content: 27.5% by mass): 167 parts by mass ・Nonionic surfactant (NAROACTY CL95, Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., solid content: 100% by mass): 0.7 parts by mass ・Anionic surfactant (RAPISOL A-90, NOF CORPORATION, water dilution with a solid content concentration of 1% by mass): 55.7 parts by mass ・Carnauba wax dispersion (Selosol 524, CHUKYO YUSHI CO., LTD., solid content: 30% by mass): 7 parts by mass Carbodiimide compound (CARBODILITE V-02-L2, Nisshinbo Chemical Inc., diluted with water at a solid content concentration of 10% by mass): 20.9 parts by mass Matting agent (SNOWTEX XL, Nissan Chemical Corporation, solid content: 40% by mass, average particle diameter: 50nm): 2.8 parts by mass Matting agent (AEROSIL OX50, NIPPON AEROSIL CO., LTD., solid content: 10% by mass, water dispersion, median particle size: 0.2 μm): 3.5 parts by mass Water: 743 parts by mass

<臨時支撐體4的製造> 將臨時支撐體的厚度變更為25μm,除此以外,以與臨時支撐體1之製造方法相同的方式以與臨時支撐體1之製造方法相同的方式製作出臨時支撐體4。 <Manufacture of Temporary Support 4> The temporary support body 4 was produced similarly to the manufacturing method of the temporary support body 1 except having changed the thickness of the temporary support body into 25 micrometers.

<臨時支撐體5的製造> 作為臨時支撐體5,使用了以下者。 臨時支撐體5:聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜,Toyobo Co.,Ltd.製造之A1517,厚度16μm <Manufacture of Temporary Support 5> As the temporary support body 5, the following were used. Temporary support 5: Polyethylene terephthalate film, A1517 manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., thickness 16 μm

<實施例1> (感光性轉印材料的製造) 藉由以下順序製造出依序包括臨時支撐體1、緩衝層、中間層、感光性樹脂層及保護膜之感光性轉印材料。轉印層1具有緩衝層、中間層及感光性樹脂層,並且,上述感光性樹脂層為負型感光性樹脂層。 <Example 1> (Manufacture of photosensitive transfer materials) The photosensitive transfer material including the temporary support 1, buffer layer, intermediate layer, photosensitive resin layer, and protective film in sequence was manufactured by the following sequence. The transfer layer 1 has a buffer layer, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive resin layer, and the photosensitive resin layer is a negative photosensitive resin layer.

準備了包含表1的“緩衝層”欄中所記載之成分之組成物A。使用狹縫狀噴嘴在臨時支撐體1上塗佈組成物A之後,在80℃及2分鐘的條件下對組成物A進行乾燥,藉此形成了緩衝層。緩衝層的層厚記載於表1中。Composition A containing the components described in the "buffer layer" column of Table 1 was prepared. After the composition A was coated on the temporary support 1 using a slit nozzle, the composition A was dried at 80° C. for 2 minutes to form a buffer layer. Table 1 shows the layer thickness of the buffer layer.

準備了包含表1的“中間層”欄中所記載之成分之組成物B。使用狹縫狀噴嘴在緩衝層上塗佈組成物B之後,在90℃及2分鐘的條件下對組成物B進行乾燥,藉此形成了中間層。中間層的層厚記載於表1中。Composition B containing the components listed in the "intermediate layer" column of Table 1 was prepared. After the composition B was coated on the buffer layer using a slit nozzle, the composition B was dried at 90° C. for 2 minutes to form an intermediate layer. Table 1 shows the layer thickness of the intermediate layer.

準備了包含表1的“感光性樹脂層”欄中所記載之成分之組成物C。使用狹縫狀噴嘴在中間層上塗佈組成物C之後,在80℃及2分鐘的條件下對組成物C進行乾燥,藉此形成了感光性樹脂層。感光性樹脂層的層厚記載於表1中。Composition C containing the components described in the "photosensitive resin layer" column of Table 1 was prepared. After the composition C was applied on the intermediate layer using a slit nozzle, the composition C was dried at 80° C. for 2 minutes to form a photosensitive resin layer. Table 1 describes the layer thickness of the photosensitive resin layer.

最後,在感光性樹脂層上設置保護膜(16KS40,TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.製造,厚度:16μm)而得到了感光性轉印材料1。Finally, a protective film (16KS40, manufactured by TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC., thickness: 16 μm) was provided on the photosensitive resin layer to obtain a photosensitive transfer material 1 .

隨後,藉由以下順序使用所得到之感光性轉印材料1製造出沉積遮罩。 作為具有第1面且在與第1面相反的位置具有第2面之金屬層,準備了因鋼基板。第1面及第2面彼此朝向相反方向。因鋼基板的第1面的粗糙度Rmax為0.80μm。因鋼基板的第2面的粗糙度Rmax為0.90μm。因鋼基板的平均厚度為50μm。 從轉印層1剝離了保護膜。使用卷層壓機,在100℃的溫度、0.5MPa的線壓及4m/分鐘的線速度(層壓速度)的條件下將感光性轉印材料與因鋼基板進行貼合而在因鋼基板的第1面上依序配置了轉印層1(亦即,感光性樹脂層、中間層及緩衝層)及臨時支撐體1。因鋼基板的第1面與感光性樹脂層接觸。 Subsequently, a deposition mask was manufactured using the obtained photosensitive transfer material 1 by the following procedure. An Invar substrate was prepared as a metal layer having a first surface and a second surface opposite to the first surface. The first surface and the second surface face opposite directions. The roughness Rmax of the first surface of the Invar substrate was 0.80 μm. The roughness Rmax of the second surface of the Invar substrate was 0.90 μm. The average thickness of the Invar substrate was 50 μm. The protective film was peeled off from the transfer layer 1 . Using a roll laminator, the photosensitive transfer material is bonded to the steel substrate at a temperature of 100°C, a linear pressure of 0.5 MPa, and a linear speed of 4 m/min (lamination speed). A transfer layer 1 (that is, a photosensitive resin layer, an intermediate layer, and a buffer layer) and a temporary support body 1 are sequentially arranged on the first surface of the . The first surface of the Invar substrate is in contact with the photosensitive resin layer.

使曝光遮罩與露出之轉印層的表面密接。曝光遮罩具有複數個正方形的遮光部。各遮光部的尺寸在長5μm×寬5μm~長100μm×寬100μm的範圍內以5μm單位變化。使用高壓水銀燈曝光機(MAP-1200L,Japan Science Engineering Co.,Ltd.製造,主波長:365nm)對轉印層照射了光。曝光量被調整為顯影後所得到之光阻圖案形狀再現光罩的圖案形狀之曝光量。The exposure mask is brought into close contact with the exposed surface of the transfer layer. The exposure mask has a plurality of square light shielding parts. The size of each light-shielding portion was changed in units of 5 μm within the range of length 5 μm×width 5 μm to length 100 μm×width 100 μm. The transfer layer was irradiated with light using a high-pressure mercury lamp exposure machine (MAP-1200L, manufactured by Japan Science Engineering Co., Ltd., dominant wavelength: 365 nm). The exposure amount is adjusted so that the pattern shape of the photoresist obtained after development reproduces the pattern shape of the photomask.

從轉印層1剝離臨時支撐體1之後,將28℃的1.0質量%碳酸鈉水溶液用作顯影液進行顯影而得到了光阻圖案。具體而言,在顯影中,進行30秒鐘噴淋處理而進行AirKnife(氣刀)處理從而去除顯影液之後,用純水進行30秒鐘噴淋處理而進一步進行了氣刀處理。After peeling the temporary support body 1 from the transfer layer 1, it developed using 28 degreeC 1.0 mass % sodium carbonate aqueous solution as a developing solution, and obtained the resist pattern. Specifically, in image development, shower processing was performed for 30 seconds to perform Air Knife (air knife) processing to remove the developing solution, and then shower processing was performed with pure water for 30 seconds to further perform air knife processing.

使用包含氯化鐵之蝕刻液對未被光阻圖案覆蓋之因鋼層在45℃及60秒鐘的條件下實施蝕刻處理而在因鋼基板上形成了貫通孔。貫通孔從因鋼基板的第1面朝向因鋼基板的第2面延伸。使用4質量%氫氧化鈉溶液去除光阻圖案而得到了沉積遮罩。在所得到之沉積遮罩中,因鋼基板的第1面中的貫通孔的平均直徑為28.0μm,因鋼基板的第2面中的貫通孔的平均直徑為7.0μm。Using an etchant containing ferric chloride, an etching process was performed on the steel layer not covered by the photoresist pattern at 45° C. for 60 seconds to form a through hole on the steel substrate. The through hole extends from the first surface of the Invar substrate toward the second surface of the Invar substrate. The deposition mask was obtained by removing the photoresist pattern using 4% by mass sodium hydroxide solution. In the obtained deposition mask, the average diameter of the through-holes on the first surface of the Invar substrate was 28.0 μm, and the average diameter of the through-holes on the second surface of the Invar substrate was 7.0 μm.

<實施例2~21及比較例1> 在感光性轉印材料的製造中,按照表1~表5的記載變更了臨時支撐體的種類及轉印層的構成等,除此以外,按照依照實施例1之順序製造出感光性轉印材料及沉積遮罩。 <Examples 2 to 21 and Comparative Example 1> In the production of the photosensitive transfer material, the type of the temporary support and the structure of the transfer layer were changed according to the descriptions in Tables 1 to 5, and the photosensitive transfer material was manufactured in accordance with the procedure of Example 1. Materials and deposition masks.

<異物的個數測量> 從所得到之感光性轉印材料剝離了臨時支撐體。將所剝離之臨時支撐體從其厚度方向藉由光學顯微鏡的透射觀察而觀察1cm 2的面積,計數直徑1.0μm~10.0μm的異物的個數,將所得到之個數除以臨時支撐體的厚度,將其作為臨時支撐體的每單位體積中的異物個數。 <Measurement of the number of objects of foreign matter> The temporary support body was peeled from the obtained photosensitive transfer material. Observe the area of 1 cm2 of the peeled temporary support through the transmission observation of an optical microscope from its thickness direction, count the number of foreign objects with a diameter of 1.0 μm to 10.0 μm, and divide the obtained number by the temporary support. The thickness is used as the number of foreign objects per unit volume of the temporary support.

<評價> 使用實施例及比較例中所製造之各感光性轉印材料或沉積遮罩評價了以下項目。 <Evaluation> The following items were evaluated using each photosensitive transfer material or deposition mask produced in Examples and Comparative Examples.

(解析性) 在所得到之沉積遮罩中,用光學顯微鏡觀察所得到之孔圖案,將以沉積遮罩的尺寸解析之圖案尺寸中最小者的尺寸作為解析性。 解析之最小的圖案尺寸愈小,解析性愈優異。 (analytical) In the obtained deposition mask, the obtained hole pattern was observed with an optical microscope, and the smallest size among the pattern sizes analyzed by the size of the deposition mask was taken as the resolution. The smaller the minimum pattern size for resolution, the better the resolution.

(直線性) 使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)觀察所得到之光阻圖案中最小解析線寬的光阻圖案,在100μm的長度的範圍內測量了線寬的最大值-最小值(以下,稱為“線寬的變動值”。)。依據線寬的變動值,按照以下基準關於光阻圖案的直線性進行了評價。 A:線寬的變動值未達0.4μm。 B:線寬的變動值為0.4μm以上且未達0.7μm。 C:線寬的變動值為0.7μm以上且未達1.0μm。 D:線寬的變動值為1.0μm以上且未達1.5μm。 E:線寬的變動值為1.5μm以上。 (linearity) Observing the resist pattern with the smallest analytical line width among the obtained resist patterns with a scanning electron microscope (SEM), the maximum and minimum values of the line width (hereinafter referred to as "line width") were measured within a length of 100 μm. change value".). The linearity of the resist pattern was evaluated based on the variation value of the line width according to the following criteria. A: The fluctuation value of the line width is less than 0.4 μm. B: The variation value of the line width is 0.4 μm or more and less than 0.7 μm. C: The fluctuation value of the line width is 0.7 μm or more and less than 1.0 μm. D: The fluctuation value of the line width is 1.0 μm or more and less than 1.5 μm. E: The variation value of the line width is 1.5 μm or more.

(層壓性) 在表面粗糙度Rmax為0.5μm~5.0μm的金屬基板上層壓所得到之感光性轉印材料之後,用光學顯微鏡從層壓之積層體的臨時支撐體側進行觀察而觀察了25mm 2的面積中的氣泡的個數。 A:10個以下 B:超過10個且20個以下 C:多於20個 (Lamination properties) After laminating the obtained photosensitive transfer material on a metal substrate with a surface roughness Rmax of 0.5 μm to 5.0 μm, the laminated laminate was observed from the side of the temporary support with an optical microscope. The number of bubbles in the area of 25mm2 . A: Less than 10 B: More than 10 and less than 20 C: More than 20

將評價結果總結示於表4及表5中。The evaluation results are summarized in Table 4 and Table 5.

[表1]    轉印層 1 轉印層 2 轉印層 3 轉印層 4 轉印層 5 轉印層 6 緩衝層 層厚(μm) 6.0 - - - 6.0 6.0 鹼可溶性樹脂 化合物B1 39.8 - - - 39.8 39.8 聚合性 化合物 A-DCP 5.8 - - - 5.8 5.8 8UX-015A 2.9 - - - 2.9 2.9 TO-2349 1.3 - - - 1.3 1.3 添加劑 啡噻𠯤Prill 0.69 - - - 0.69 0.69 CBT-1 0.04 - - - 0.04 0.04 界面活性劑 F-552 0.05 - - - 0.05 0.05 溶劑 MEK 49.4 - - - 49.4 49.4 合計(質量份) 100.0 - - - 100.0 100.0 中 間 層 層厚(μm) 1.0 1.0 - - 1.0 1.0 水溶性樹脂 PVA 2.7 2.7 - - 2.7 2.7 PVP 1.3 1.3 - - 1.3 1.3 HPMC - 0.041 - - - - 界面活性劑 F-444 0.004 0.004 - - 0.004 0.004 溶劑 MeOH 70 70 - - 70 70 純水 26 26 - - 26 26 合計(質量份) 100.0 100.0 - - 100.0 100.0 感 光 性 樹 脂 層 層厚(μm) 2.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 2.0 2.0 M/B 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.72 0.72 黏合劑 化合物B1 - - - - - - 化合物B2 - - - - 23.2 - 化合物B3 19.9 19.9 19.9 19.9 - 23.2 化合物B4 - - - - - - 化合物B5 - - - - - - 聚合性 化合物 BPE-500 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 - 5.0 BPE-100 - - - - 5.0 - ARONIX M-270 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.45 0.45 光聚合 起始劑 B-IMD 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 增感劑 EAB-F 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 聚合抑制劑 啡噻𠯤 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 菲尼酮 1%MEK溶液 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 鏈轉移劑 化合物A 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 顯色劑 LCV 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 防銹劑 CBT-1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 界面活性劑 F-552 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 溶劑 MMPGAc 21.51 21.51 21.51 21.51 18.70 18.70 MEK 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 MFG 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 MeOH 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 合計(質量份) 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 轉印層在25℃下的熔融黏度(Pa) 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 9.0×10 5 3.0×10 7 [Table 1] transfer layer 1 Transfer layer 2 Transfer layer 3 Transfer layer 4 Transfer layer 5 Transfer layer 6 The buffer layer Layer thickness (μm) 6.0 - - - 6.0 6.0 Alkali soluble resin Compound B1 39.8 - - - 39.8 39.8 polymeric compound A-DCP 5.8 - - - 5.8 5.8 8UX-015A 2.9 - - - 2.9 2.9 TO-2349 1.3 - - - 1.3 1.3 additive Prill 0.69 - - - 0.69 0.69 CBT-1 0.04 - - - 0.04 0.04 Surfactant F-552 0.05 - - - 0.05 0.05 solvent MEK 49.4 - - - 49.4 49.4 Total (parts by mass) 100.0 - - - 100.0 100.0 middle layer Layer thickness (μm) 1.0 1.0 - - 1.0 1.0 water soluble resin PVA 2.7 2.7 - - 2.7 2.7 pvp 1.3 1.3 - - 1.3 1.3 HPMC - 0.041 - - - - Surfactant F-444 0.004 0.004 - - 0.004 0.004 solvent MeOH 70 70 - - 70 70 pure water 26 26 - - 26 26 Total (parts by mass) 100.0 100.0 - - 100.0 100.0 Photosensitive resin layer Layer thickness (μm) 2.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 2.0 2.0 M/B 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.72 0.72 Adhesive Compound B1 - - - - - - Compound B2 - - - - 23.2 - Compound B3 19.9 19.9 19.9 19.9 - 23.2 Compound B4 - - - - - - Compound B5 - - - - - - polymeric compound BPE-500 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 - 5.0 BPE-100 - - - - 5.0 - ARONIX M-270 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.45 0.45 Photopolymerization initiator B-IMD 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 Sensitizer EAB-F 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 polymerization inhibitor phenothiophene 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 Phenidone 1% MEK solution 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 chain transfer agent Compound A 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 Reagent LCV 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 Rust inhibitor CBT-1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 Surfactant F-552 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 solvent MMPGAc 21.51 21.51 21.51 21.51 18.70 18.70 MEK 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 MFG 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 MeOH 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 Total (parts by mass) 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Melt viscosity of transfer layer at 25°C (Pa) 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 9.0×10 5 3.0×10 7

[表2]    轉印層 7 轉印層 8 轉印層 9 轉印層 10 轉印層 11 轉印層 12 緩 衝 層 層厚(μm) 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 鹼可溶性 樹脂 化合物B1 39.8 39.8 39.8 39.8 39.8 39.8 聚合性 化合物 A-DCP 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 8UX-015A 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 TO-2349 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 添加劑 啡噻𠯤Prill 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 CBT-1 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 界面活性劑 F-552 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 溶劑 MEK 49.4 49.4 49.4 49.4 49.4 49.4 合計(質量份) 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 中 間 層 層厚(μm) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 水溶性樹脂 PVA 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 PVP 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 HPMC - - - - - - 界面活性劑 F-444 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 溶劑 MeOH 70 70 70 70 70 70 純水 26 26 26 26 26 26 合計(質量份) 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 感 光 性 樹 脂 層 層厚(μm) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 M/B 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.82 1.00 黏合劑 化合物B1 - - - 19.9 - - 化合物B2 - - - - 21.9 24.9 化合物B3 24.9 - - - - - 化合物B4 - - 19.9 - - - 化合物B5 - 19.9 - - - - 聚合性 化合物 BPE-500 4.00 5.4 5.4 5.4 - - BPE-100 - - - - 4.9 4.04 ARONIX M-270 0.45 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.54 0.45 光聚合 起始劑 B-IMD 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 增感劑 EAB-F 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 聚合抑制劑 啡噻𠯤 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 菲尼酮 1%MEK溶液 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 鏈轉移劑 化合物A 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 顯色劑 LCV 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 防銹劑 CBT-1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 界面活性劑 F-552 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 溶劑 MMPGAc 18.00 21.51 21.51 21.51 21.51 21.51 MEK 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 MFG 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 MeOH 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 合計(質量份) 100.0 100.1 100.1 100.1 101.5 103.6 轉印層在25℃下的熔融黏度(Pa) 2.4×10 8 6.5×10 8 2.0×10 5 4.0×10 7 0.9×10 5 0.9×10 7 [Table 2] Transfer layer 7 Transfer layer 8 Transfer layer 9 transfer layer 10 transfer layer 11 transfer layer 12 The buffer layer Layer thickness (μm) 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Alkali soluble resin Compound B1 39.8 39.8 39.8 39.8 39.8 39.8 polymeric compound A-DCP 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 8UX-015A 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 TO-2349 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 additive Prill 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 CBT-1 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 Surfactant F-552 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 solvent MEK 49.4 49.4 49.4 49.4 49.4 49.4 Total (parts by mass) 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 middle layer Layer thickness (μm) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 water soluble resin PVA 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 pvp 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 HPMC - - - - - - Surfactant F-444 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 solvent MeOH 70 70 70 70 70 70 pure water 26 26 26 26 26 26 Total (parts by mass) 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Photosensitive resin layer Layer thickness (μm) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 M/B 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.82 1.00 Adhesive Compound B1 - - - 19.9 - - Compound B2 - - - - 21.9 24.9 Compound B3 24.9 - - - - - Compound B4 - - 19.9 - - - Compound B5 - 19.9 - - - - polymeric compound BPE-500 4.00 5.4 5.4 5.4 - - BPE-100 - - - - 4.9 4.04 ARONIX M-270 0.45 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.54 0.45 Photopolymerization initiator B-IMD 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 Sensitizer EAB-F 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 polymerization inhibitor phenothiophene 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 Phenidone 1% MEK solution 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 chain transfer agent Compound A 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 Reagent LCV 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 Rust inhibitor CBT-1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 Surfactant F-552 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 solvent MMPGAc 18.00 21.51 21.51 21.51 21.51 21.51 MEK 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 MFG 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 MeOH 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 Total (parts by mass) 100.0 100.1 100.1 100.1 101.5 103.6 Melt viscosity of transfer layer at 25°C (Pa) 2.4×10 8 6.5×10 8 2.0×10 5 4.0×10 7 0.9×10 5 0.9×10 7

[表3]    轉印層 13 轉印層 14 轉印層 15 轉印層 16 轉印層 17 轉印層 18 緩 衝 層 層厚(μm) 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 鹼可溶性 樹脂 化合物B1 39.8 39.8 39.8 39.8 39.8 39.8 聚合性 化合物 A-DCP 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 8UX-015A 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 TO-2349 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 添加劑 啡噻𠯤Prill 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 CBT-1 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 界面活性劑 F-552 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 溶劑 MEK 49.4 49.4 49.4 49.4 49.4 49.4 合計(質量份) 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 中 間 層 層厚(μm) 1.0 1.0 0.5 2.0 1.0 1.0 水溶性樹脂 PVA 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 3.7 0.7 PVP 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.3 3.3 HPMC - - - - - - 界面活性劑 F-444 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 溶劑 MeOH 70 70 70 70 70 70 純水 26 26 26 26 26 26 合計(質量份) 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 感 光 性 樹 脂 層 層厚(μm) 4.8 8.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 M/B 1.00 1.00 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 黏合劑 化合物B1 - - - - - - 化合物B2 - - - - - - 化合物B3 19.9 19.9 19.9 19.9 19.9 19.9 化合物B4 - - - - - - 化合物B5 - - - - - - 聚合性 化合物 BPE-500 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 BPE-100 - - - - - - ARONIX M-270 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 光聚合 起始劑 B-IMD 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 增感劑 EAB-F 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 聚合抑制劑 啡噻𠯤 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 菲尼酮 1%MEK溶液 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 鏈轉移劑 化合物A 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 顯色劑 LCV 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 防銹劑 CBT-1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 界面活性劑 F-552 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 溶劑 MMPGAc 21.51 21.51 21.51 21.51 21.51 21.51 MEK 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 MFG 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 MeOH 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 合計(質量份) 100.1 100.1 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 轉印層在25℃下的熔融黏度(Pa) 3.0×10 6 4.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 [table 3] transfer layer 13 transfer layer 14 transfer layer 15 transfer layer 16 transfer layer 17 transfer layer 18 The buffer layer Layer thickness (μm) 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Alkali soluble resin Compound B1 39.8 39.8 39.8 39.8 39.8 39.8 polymeric compound A-DCP 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 8UX-015A 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 TO-2349 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 additive Prill 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 CBT-1 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 Surfactant F-552 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 solvent MEK 49.4 49.4 49.4 49.4 49.4 49.4 Total (parts by mass) 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 middle layer Layer thickness (μm) 1.0 1.0 0.5 2.0 1.0 1.0 water soluble resin PVA 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 3.7 0.7 pvp 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.3 3.3 HPMC - - - - - - Surfactant F-444 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 solvent MeOH 70 70 70 70 70 70 pure water 26 26 26 26 26 26 Total (parts by mass) 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Photosensitive resin layer Layer thickness (μm) 4.8 8.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 M/B 1.00 1.00 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Adhesive Compound B1 - - - - - - Compound B2 - - - - - - Compound B3 19.9 19.9 19.9 19.9 19.9 19.9 Compound B4 - - - - - - Compound B5 - - - - - - polymeric compound BPE-500 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 BPE-100 - - - - - - ARONIX M-270 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 Photopolymerization initiator B-IMD 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 Sensitizer EAB-F 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 polymerization inhibitor phenothiophene 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 Phenidone 1% MEK solution 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 chain transfer agent Compound A 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 Reagent LCV 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 Rust inhibitor CBT-1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 Surfactant F-552 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 solvent MMPGAc 21.51 21.51 21.51 21.51 21.51 21.51 MEK 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 46.52 MFG 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 MeOH 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 Total (parts by mass) 100.1 100.1 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Melt viscosity of transfer layer at 25°C (Pa) 3.0×10 6 4.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6

表1~表3所示之以下略號分別具有以下含義。 “M/B”:聚合性化合物的總質量相對於聚合物的總質量之比 “化合物B1”:甲基丙烯酸苄酯(BzMA)/甲基丙烯酸(MAA)/丙烯酸(AA)=78/14.5/7.5(質量比),Mw:12,500,酸值:187mgKOH/g,玻璃轉移溫度:75℃,固體成分:30質量% “A-DCP”:三環癸烷二甲醇二丙烯酸酯,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之NK Ester A-DCP “8UX-015A”:UV硬化型胺酯丙烯酸酯,Taisei Fine Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之8UX-015A “TO-2349”:TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造之ARONIX TO-2349 “啡噻𠯤Prill”:啡噻𠯤的粉末,FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造 “CBT-1”:羧基苯并三唑,JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造之CBT-1 “F-552”:氟系界面活性劑,DIC Corporation製造之MEGAFACE F-552,固體成分:30質量%(甲基乙基酮溶液) “MEK”:甲基乙基酮 “PVA”:聚乙烯醇,KURARAY CO.,LTD.製造之PVA205 “PVP”:聚乙烯吡咯啶酮,NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO.,LTD.製造之K-30 “HPMC”:羥丙基纖維素,Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之METOLOSE 60SH-03 “F-444”:DIC Corporation製造之MEGAFACE F-444,氟系界面活性劑 “MeOH”:甲醇 “化合物B2”:苯乙烯(St)/甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA)/甲基丙烯酸(MAA)/甲基丙烯酸-甲基丙烯酸環氧丙酯(GMA-MAA)=47.7/1.3/19/32,Mw:20,000,酸值:124mgKOH/g,玻璃轉移溫度:76℃,固體成分:30質量% 另外,“甲基丙烯酸-甲基丙烯酸環氧丙酯”表示使甲基丙烯酸環氧丙酯的環氧基與來自於甲基丙烯酸之構成單元的羧基進行反應而成之構成單元。 “化合物B3”:苯乙烯(St)/甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA)/甲基丙烯酸(MAA)=52/19/29,Mw:50,000,酸值:148mgKOH/g,玻璃轉移溫度:131℃,固體成分:30質量% “化合物B4”:苯乙烯(St)/甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA)/甲基丙烯酸(MAA)=45/19/36,Mw:47,000,酸值:183mgKOH/g,玻璃轉移溫度:122℃,固體成分:30質量% “化合物B5”:苯乙烯(St)/甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA)/甲基丙烯酸(MAA)=57/11/32,Mw:49,000,酸值:163mgKOH/g,玻璃轉移溫度:140℃,固體成分:30質量% “BPE-500”:(2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之NK Ester BPE-500 “ARONIX M-270”:聚丙二醇二丙烯酸酯,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造之ARONIX M-270 “B-IMD”:(2-(2-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體,KUROGANE KASEI Co.,Ltd.製造之B-CIM “EAB-F”:從Sanyo Trading Co.,Ltd.獲得之4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮 “啡噻𠯤”:FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造 “菲尼酮1%MEK溶液”:包含1質量%的菲尼酮之甲基乙基酮溶液 “化合物A”:N-苯基胺甲醯基甲基-N-羧基甲基苯胺,FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造 “LCV”:無色結晶紫,藉由自由基而顯色之色素,Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造 “CBT-1”:羧基苯并三唑,JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造之CBT-1 “MMPGAc”:1-甲氧基-2-丙基乙酸酯 “MFG”:1-甲氧基-2-丙醇 The following abbreviations shown in Tables 1 to 3 have the following meanings, respectively. "M/B": The ratio of the total mass of the polymerizable compound to the total mass of the polymer "Compound B1": benzyl methacrylate (BzMA) / methacrylic acid (MAA) / acrylic acid (AA) = 78/14.5/7.5 (mass ratio), Mw: 12,500, acid value: 187mgKOH/g, glass transition temperature : 75°C, solid content: 30% by mass "A-DCP": Tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate, NK Ester A-DCP manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. "8UX-015A": UV hardening urethane acrylate, 8UX-015A manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd. "TO-2349": ARONIX TO-2349 manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. "Prill": powder of prill, manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation "CBT-1": carboxybenzotriazole, CBT-1 manufactured by JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO., LTD. "F-552": Fluorine-based surfactant, MEGAFACE F-552 manufactured by DIC Corporation, solid content: 30% by mass (methyl ethyl ketone solution) "MEK": methyl ethyl ketone "PVA": Polyvinyl alcohol, PVA205 manufactured by KURARAY CO., LTD. "PVP": Polyvinylpyrrolidone, K-30 manufactured by NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO.,LTD. "HPMC": hydroxypropyl cellulose, METOLOSE 60SH-03 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. "F-444": MEGAFACE F-444 manufactured by DIC Corporation, fluorine-based surfactant "MeOH": Methanol "Compound B2": styrene (St)/methyl methacrylate (MMA)/methacrylic acid (MAA)/methacrylic acid-glycidyl methacrylate (GMA-MAA)=47.7/1.3/19/ 32, Mw: 20,000, acid value: 124mgKOH/g, glass transition temperature: 76°C, solid content: 30% by mass Moreover, "methacrylic acid-glycidyl methacrylate" shows the structural unit which made the epoxy group of glycidyl methacrylate and the carboxyl group derived from the structural unit of methacrylic acid react. "Compound B3": styrene (St)/methyl methacrylate (MMA)/methacrylic acid (MAA) = 52/19/29, Mw: 50,000, acid value: 148mgKOH/g, glass transition temperature: 131°C , solid content: 30% by mass "Compound B4": styrene (St)/methyl methacrylate (MMA)/methacrylic acid (MAA)=45/19/36, Mw: 47,000, acid value: 183mgKOH/g, glass transition temperature: 122°C , solid content: 30% by mass "Compound B5": styrene (St)/methyl methacrylate (MMA)/methacrylic acid (MAA) = 57/11/32, Mw: 49,000, acid value: 163 mgKOH/g, glass transition temperature: 140°C , solid content: 30% by mass "BPE-500": (2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxypentaethoxy)phenyl)propane, NK Ester BPE-500 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. "ARONIX M-270": Polypropylene glycol diacrylate, ARONIX M-270 manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD. "B-IMD": (2-(2-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, B-CIM manufactured by KUROGANE KASEI Co., Ltd. "EAB-F": 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone obtained from Sanyo Trading Co., Ltd. "Phenothiophene": Manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation "Phenidone 1% MEK solution": Methyl ethyl ketone solution containing 1% by mass of phenidone "Compound A": N-phenylaminoformylmethyl-N-carboxymethylaniline, manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation "LCV": Colorless crystal violet, a pigment that develops color by free radicals, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. "CBT-1": carboxybenzotriazole, CBT-1 manufactured by JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO., LTD. "MMPGAc": 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate "MFG": 1-methoxy-2-propanol

[表4]    實施例 1 實施例 2 實施例 3 實施例 4 實施例 5 實施例 6 實施例 7 實施例 8 實施例 9 實施例 10 實施例 11 轉印層的種類 轉印層 1 轉印層 1 轉印層 1 轉印層 1 轉印層 2 轉印層 3 轉印層 4 轉印層 5 轉印層 6 轉印層 7 轉印層 8 轉印層的層厚 9μm 9μm 9μm 9μm 4μm 3μm 6μm 9μm 9μm 9μm 9μm 轉印層在25℃下的熔融黏度(Pa) 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 9.0×10 5 3.0×10 7 2.4×10 8 6.5×10 8 臨時支 撐體 種類 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 2 臨時支撐體 3 臨時支撐體 4 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 1 厚度 16μm 16μm 16μm 25μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 霧度 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.9 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 異物個數 (個/mm 3 0 1 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L * 0.6 0.8 1.6 1.0 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 評價 結果 解析性 10μm 10μm 15μm 20μm 5μm 5μm 15μm 10μm 10μm 15μm 20μm 直線性 A A C B A B B A A A B 層壓性 A A A A C C B A B B C [Table 4] Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Example 5 Example 6 Example 7 Example 8 Example 9 Example 10 Example 11 Types of transfer layer transfer layer 1 transfer layer 1 transfer layer 1 transfer layer 1 Transfer layer 2 Transfer layer 3 Transfer layer 4 Transfer layer 5 Transfer layer 6 Transfer layer 7 Transfer layer 8 Layer thickness of transfer layer 9μm 9μm 9μm 9μm 4μm 3μm 6μm 9μm 9μm 9μm 9μm Melt viscosity of transfer layer at 25°C (Pa) 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 9.0×10 5 3.0×10 7 2.4×10 8 6.5×10 8 temporary support type Temporary Support 1 Temporary support body 2 Temporary support body 3 Temporary support body 4 Temporary Support 1 Temporary Support 1 Temporary Support 1 Temporary Support 1 Temporary Support 1 Temporary Support 1 Temporary Support 1 thickness 16μm 16μm 16μm 25μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm Haze 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.9 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 Number of foreign objects (pieces/mm 3 ) 0 1 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L * value 0.6 0.8 1.6 1.0 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Evaluation results analytical 10μm 10μm 15μm 20μm 5μm 5μm 15μm 10μm 10μm 15μm 20μm Linearity A A C B A B B A A A B Lamination A A A A C C B A B B C

[表5]    實施例 12 實施例 13 實施例 14 實施例 15 實施例 16 實施例 17 實施例 18 實施例 19 實施例 20 實施例 21 比較例 1 轉印層的種類 轉印層 9 轉印層 10 轉印層 11 轉印層 12 轉印層 13 轉印層 14 轉印層 15 轉印層 16 轉印層 17 轉印層 18 轉印層 1 轉印層的層厚 9μm 9μm 9μm 9μm 11.8μm 15μm 8.5μm 10μm 9μm 9μm 9μm 轉印層在25℃下的熔融黏度(Pa) 2.0×10 5 4.0×10 7 0.9×10 5 0.9×10 7 3.0×10 6 4.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 臨時支 撐體 種類 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 1 臨時支撐體 5 厚度 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 霧度 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 異物個數 (個/mm 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 105 L * 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.8 評價 結果 解析性 10μm 15μm 15μm 10μm 15μm 20μm 10μm 15μm 25μm 25μm 35μm 直線性 A B B A A B A B C C D 層壓性 A A A A A A B A A A A [table 5] Example 12 Example 13 Example 14 Example 15 Example 16 Example 17 Example 18 Example 19 Example 20 Example 21 Comparative example 1 Types of transfer layer Transfer layer 9 transfer layer 10 transfer layer 11 transfer layer 12 transfer layer 13 transfer layer 14 transfer layer 15 transfer layer 16 transfer layer 17 transfer layer 18 transfer layer 1 Layer thickness of transfer layer 9μm 9μm 9μm 9μm 11.8μm 15μm 8.5μm 10μm 9μm 9μm 9μm Melt viscosity of transfer layer at 25°C (Pa) 2.0×10 5 4.0×10 7 0.9×10 5 0.9×10 7 3.0×10 6 4.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 2.0×10 6 temporary support type Temporary Support 1 Temporary Support 1 Temporary Support 1 Temporary Support 1 Temporary Support 1 Temporary Support 1 Temporary Support 1 Temporary Support 1 Temporary Support 1 Temporary Support 1 Temporary support body 5 thickness 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm 16μm Haze 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 Number of foreign objects (pieces/mm 3 ) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 105 L * value 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.8 Evaluation results analytical 10μm 15μm 15μm 10μm 15μm 20μm 10μm 15μm 25μm 25μm 35μm Linearity A B B A A B A B C C D. Lamination A A A A A A B A A A A

表4及表5示出藉由實施例的沉積遮罩之製造方法製造之沉積遮罩的解析性比藉由比較例的沉積遮罩之製造方法製造之沉積遮罩的解析性優異。Table 4 and Table 5 show that the resolution of the deposition mask manufactured by the method of manufacturing the deposition mask of the embodiment is better than that of the deposition mask manufactured by the method of manufacturing the deposition mask of the comparative example.

10:金屬層 10F:金屬層的第1面 10FA:形成於金屬層的第1面之開口 10H:貫通孔 10R:金屬層的第2面 10RA:形成於金屬層的第2面之開口 20:轉印層 21:光阻圖案 100:沉積遮罩 10: metal layer 10F: the first side of the metal layer 10FA: the opening formed on the first surface of the metal layer 10H: through hole 10R: The second side of the metal layer 10RA: Openings formed on the second side of the metal layer 20: transfer layer 21: Photoresist pattern 100: Deposition mask

圖1係表示藉由本揭示之沉積遮罩之製造方法製造之沉積遮罩的一實施態樣之概略俯視圖。 圖2係放大表示圖1所示之沉積遮罩的貫通孔之概略俯視圖。 圖3係放大表示圖1所示之沉積遮罩的貫通孔之概略剖面圖。 圖4係表示某一實施形態之沉積遮罩之製造方法之概略剖面圖。 FIG. 1 is a schematic top view showing an embodiment of a deposition mask manufactured by the method for manufacturing a deposition mask of the present disclosure. FIG. 2 is an enlarged schematic plan view of a through-hole of the deposition mask shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 3 is an enlarged schematic cross-sectional view of a through-hole of the deposition mask shown in FIG. 1 . Fig. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a method of manufacturing a deposition mask according to an embodiment.

10:金屬層 10: metal layer

10F:金屬層的第1面 10F: the first side of the metal layer

10H:貫通孔 10H: through hole

100:沉積遮罩 100: Deposition mask

Claims (12)

一種沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其依序具有臨時支撐體和至少具有感光性樹脂層之轉印層, 前述臨時支撐體的每單位體積中的直徑1.0μm~10.0μm的異物的個數為50個/mm 3以下。 A photosensitive transfer material for producing a deposition mask, which sequentially has a temporary support and a transfer layer having at least a photosensitive resin layer, foreign objects with a diameter of 1.0 μm to 10.0 μm per unit volume of the temporary support The number of pieces is 50 pieces/mm 3 or less. 如請求項1所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 藉由SCE方式測量之前述臨時支撐體的與前述轉印層側相反的一側的面的L *值為1.5以下。 The photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production according to claim 1, wherein the L * value of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the transfer layer side measured by SCE is 1.5 or less. 如請求項1所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 前述臨時支撐體的厚度為16μm以下。 The photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production as described in Claim 1, wherein The thickness of the said temporary support body is 16 micrometers or less. 如請求項1所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 前述轉印層在25℃下的熔融黏度為1.0×10 5Pa·s~1.0×10 8Pa·s。 The photosensitive transfer material for producing a deposition mask according to Claim 1, wherein the melt viscosity of the transfer layer at 25°C is 1.0×10 5 Pa·s˜1.0×10 8 Pa·s. 如請求項1所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 前述感光性樹脂層的厚度為4.8μm以下。 The photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production as described in Claim 1, wherein The thickness of the said photosensitive resin layer is 4.8 micrometers or less. 如請求項1至5之任一項所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 前述轉印層從前述臨時支撐體側依序具有中間層和前述感光性樹脂層。 The photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein The transfer layer has an intermediate layer and the photosensitive resin layer in this order from the temporary support side. 如請求項6所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 前述中間層包含水溶性樹脂。 The photosensitive transfer material for producing a deposition mask as described in Claim 6, wherein The aforementioned intermediate layer contains a water-soluble resin. 如請求項7所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 前述水溶性樹脂包含聚乙烯醇。 The photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production as described in Claim 7, wherein The aforementioned water-soluble resin contains polyvinyl alcohol. 如請求項7所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 前述水溶性樹脂包含聚乙烯吡咯啶酮。 The photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production as described in Claim 7, wherein The aforementioned water-soluble resin contains polyvinylpyrrolidone. 如請求項7所述之沉積遮罩製造用感光性轉印材料,其中 前述水溶性樹脂包含羥烷基纖維素化合物。 The photosensitive transfer material for deposition mask production as described in Claim 7, wherein The aforementioned water-soluble resin contains a hydroxyalkylcellulose compound. 一種沉積遮罩之製造方法,其依序包括如下步驟: 準備具有第1面且在與前述第1面相反的位置具有第2面之金屬層; 將感光性轉印材料與前述金屬層進行貼合而在前述金屬層的前述第1面上依序配置轉印層及臨時支撐體,前述感光性轉印材料依序包括前述臨時支撐體和至少具有感光性樹脂層之前述轉印層且前述臨時支撐體的每單位體積中的直徑1.0μm~10.0μm的異物的個數為50個/mm 3以下; 對前述轉印層進行圖案曝光; 對前述轉印層實施顯影處理而形成光阻圖案; 對未被前述光阻圖案覆蓋之前述金屬層實施蝕刻處理而形成從前述金屬層的前述第1面延伸至前述金屬層的前述第2面之貫通孔;及 去除前述光阻圖案。 A method for manufacturing a deposition mask, which sequentially includes the following steps: preparing a metal layer having a first surface and a second surface at a position opposite to the first surface; attaching a photosensitive transfer material to the metal layer Then, a transfer layer and a temporary support are sequentially disposed on the first surface of the metal layer, the photosensitive transfer material sequentially includes the temporary support and the transfer layer having at least a photosensitive resin layer and the The number of foreign objects with a diameter of 1.0 μm to 10.0 μm per unit volume of the temporary support is 50 pieces/mm 3 or less; pattern exposure is performed on the transfer layer; development treatment is performed on the transfer layer to form a photoresist pattern ; Etching the metal layer not covered by the photoresist pattern to form a through hole extending from the first surface of the metal layer to the second surface of the metal layer; and removing the photoresist pattern. 如請求項11所述之沉積遮罩之製造方法,其中 前述金屬層的前述第1面的粗糙度Rmax為0.5μm~5.0μm。 The method for manufacturing a deposition mask as claimed in claim 11, wherein Roughness Rmax of the first surface of the metal layer is 0.5 μm to 5.0 μm.
TW111146844A 2021-12-27 2022-12-07 Photosensitive transfer material for forming vapor deposition mask and method for manufacturing vapor deposition mask TW202325543A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021213122A JP2023097008A (en) 2021-12-27 2021-12-27 Photosensitive transfer material for production of vapor deposition mask, and method for producing vapor deposition mask
JP2021-213122 2021-12-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202325543A true TW202325543A (en) 2023-07-01

Family

ID=86927703

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111146844A TW202325543A (en) 2021-12-27 2022-12-07 Photosensitive transfer material for forming vapor deposition mask and method for manufacturing vapor deposition mask

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2023097008A (en)
CN (1) CN116360208A (en)
TW (1) TW202325543A (en)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2023097008A (en) 2023-07-07
CN116360208A (en) 2023-06-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021199996A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and temporary support body for photosensitive transfer material
WO2022163778A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, method for manufacturing electronic device, and photosensitive transfer material
JP7479487B2 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, etching method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7342246B2 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
TW202325543A (en) Photosensitive transfer material for forming vapor deposition mask and method for manufacturing vapor deposition mask
TW202330959A (en) Method of producing deposition mask
WO2022181456A1 (en) Transfer film and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022181455A1 (en) Transfer film, and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2024024864A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing same, method for manufacturing resin pattern, and method for manufacturing circuit wiring
WO2022181016A1 (en) Method for producing conductive pattern and method for producing electronic device
JP2023097347A (en) Method for manufacturing vapor deposition mask
WO2022138576A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring line, method for producing electronic device, and method for producing multilayer body
WO2022138468A1 (en) Transfer material and method for producing laminated body
WO2023127755A1 (en) Method for producing resist pattern, method for producing laminate, and photosensitive transfer material for direct imaging exposure
WO2021166719A1 (en) Method for manufacturing cut article, and layered body
WO2022138246A1 (en) Transfer material and method for manufacturing laminate
TW202311543A (en) Transfer film for forming vapor deposition mask, manufacturing method of vapor deposition mask and vapor deposition mask
TW202242165A (en) Production method for vapor deposition mask, transfer film for producing vapor deposition mask and vapor deposition mask
TW202311856A (en) Transfer film for forming vapor deposition mask and manufacturing method of vapor deposition mask
TW202413096A (en) Photosensitive transfer material, and method for manufacturing thereof, method for manufacturing resin pattern, and method for manufacturing circuit wiring
TW202330287A (en) Transfer film and method for forming conductor pattern
TW202307026A (en) Transfer film, method for manufacturing laminate having a conductive pattern
JP2022168819A (en) Transfer film for manufacturing vapor deposition mask, vapor deposition mask, and method for manufacturing vapor deposition mask
TW202311049A (en) Transfer film, method for producing laminate having conductor pattern
TW202311872A (en) Method for producing laminate having conductor pattern, transfer film